US20180037655A1 - Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer - Google Patents

Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20180037655A1
US20180037655A1 US15/790,680 US201715790680A US2018037655A1 US 20180037655 A1 US20180037655 A1 US 20180037655A1 US 201715790680 A US201715790680 A US 201715790680A US 2018037655 A1 US2018037655 A1 US 2018037655A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
tumor
patient
binding antagonist
instances
tumor sample
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/790,680
Other languages
English (en)
Inventor
Priti Hegde
Marcin KOWANETZ
Gregg FINE
Sanjeev Mariathasan
Richard Bourgon
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Genentech Inc
Original Assignee
Genentech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=56236061&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20180037655(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Genentech Inc filed Critical Genentech Inc
Priority to US15/790,680 priority Critical patent/US20180037655A1/en
Publication of US20180037655A1 publication Critical patent/US20180037655A1/en
Priority to US16/655,495 priority patent/US11535671B2/en
Priority to US18/237,114 priority patent/US20240190967A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K16/2827—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against B7 molecules, e.g. CD80, CD86
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • C12Q1/6886—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material for cancer
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/574—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for cancer
    • G01N33/57407—Specifically defined cancers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/30—Non-immunoglobulin-derived peptide or protein having an immunoglobulin constant or Fc region, or a fragment thereof, attached thereto
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/106—Pharmacogenomics, i.e. genetic variability in individual responses to drugs and drug metabolism
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/178—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use miRNA, siRNA or ncRNA
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/705—Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • G01N2333/70503—Immunoglobulin superfamily, e.g. VCAMs, PECAM, LFA-3
    • G01N2333/70532—B7 molecules, e.g. CD80, CD86
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/52—Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis

Definitions

  • cancer e.g., bladder cancer (e.g., urothelial bladder cancer)
  • methods of using PD-L1 axis binding antagonists e.g., the invention provides biomarkers for patient selection and diagnosis, methods of treatment, articles of manufacture, diagnostic kits, and methods of detection.
  • Cancer remains one of the most deadly threats to human health. Cancers, or malignant tumors, metastasize and grow rapidly in an uncontrolled manner, making timely detection and treatment extremely difficult. In the U.S., cancer affects nearly 1.3 million new patients each year, and is the second leading cause of death after heart disease, accounting for approximately 1 in 4 deaths. Solid tumors are responsible for most of those deaths.
  • Bladder cancer is the fifth-most common malignancy worldwide, with close to 400,000 newly diagnosed cases and approximately 150,000 associated deaths reported per year. In particular, metastatic urothelial bladder cancer is associated with poor outcomes and represents a major unmet medical need with few effective therapies to date.
  • Programmed death-ligand 1 is a protein that has been implicated in the suppression of immune system responses during chronic infections, pregnancy, tissue allografts, autoimmune diseases, and cancer.
  • PD-L1 regulates the immune response by binding to an inhibitory receptor, known as programmed death 1 (PD-1), which is expressed on the surface of T-cells, B-cells, and monocytes.
  • PD-L1 negatively regulates T-cell function also through interaction with another receptor, B7-1. Formation of the PD-L1/PD-1 and PD-L1/B7-1 complexes negatively regulates T-cell receptor signaling, resulting in the subsequent downregulation of T-cell activation and suppression of anti-tumor immune activity.
  • cancer e.g., bladder cancer (e.g., urothelial bladder cancer)
  • improved therapies and diagnostic methods are still being sought.
  • the present invention provides therapeutic and diagnostic methods and compositions for cancer, for example, bladder cancer (e.g., urothelial bladder cancer).
  • bladder cancer e.g., urothelial bladder cancer
  • the invention features a method of treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more (e.g., about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, or about 4% or more) of the tumor sample.
  • a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% to about 65% or more (e.g., about 1% to about 5%, about 5% to about 10%, about 10% to about 20%, about 20% to about 30%, about 30% to about 40%, about 40% to about 50%, or about 50% to about 65%) of the tumor sample.
  • the median overall survival time of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 8 months. In some embodiments, the median overall survival time of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 8.8 months.
  • the median overall survival time of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is between at least about 7 to about 11 months.
  • the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is between about 10% to about 35% (e.g., about 10% to about 20%, about 20% to about 30%, about 30% to about 35%).
  • the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is between about 13% to about 24%.
  • the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 12%. In other embodiments, the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 21%. In some embodiments, the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is about 18%.
  • the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 5% or more (e.g., about 5%, about 6%, about 7%, about 8%, or about 9% or more) of the tumor sample.
  • the median overall survival time of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 9 months. In some embodiments, the median overall survival time of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 11 months.
  • the median progression-free survival time of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 4 months. In some embodiments, the median progression-free survival time of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is between at least about 3 to about 6 months. In other embodiments, the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is between about 10% to about 45%. In some embodiments, the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is between about 35% to about 45%.
  • the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is between about 18% to about 37%. In other embodiments, the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 14%. In other embodiments, the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is at least about 25%. In some embodiments, the objective response rate of a patient administered a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is about 27%.
  • the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 10% or more (e.g., about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40% about 50%, or about 60% or more) of the tumor sample.
  • the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be a luminal subtype tumor.
  • the invention features a method of treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be a luminal subtype tumor.
  • the expression level of at least one of CDKN2A, GATA3, FOXA1, and ERBB2 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be increased relative to a reference level of the at least one gene, and/or the expression level of at least one of FGFR3, KRT5, KRT14, and EGFR in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be decreased relative to a reference level of the at least one gene.
  • the expression levels of CDKN2A, GATA3, FOXA1, and ERBB2 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be increased relative to reference levels of the genes, and/or the expression levels of FGFR3, KRT5, KRT14, and EGFR in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be decreased relative to reference levels of the genes.
  • the expression levels of CDKN2A, GATA3, FOXA1, and ERBB2 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be increased relative to reference levels of the genes, and the expression levels of FGFR3, KRT5, KRT14, and EGFR in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be decreased relative to reference levels of the genes.
  • the expression level of miR-99a-5p or miR100-5p in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be increased relative to a reference level of the microRNA (miRNA). In some embodiments, the expression levels of miR-99a-5p and miR100-5p in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be increased relative to reference levels of the miRNAs. In yet other embodiments, the expression level of at least one of CD8A, GZMA, GZMB, IFNG, CXCL9, CXCL10, PRF1, and TBX21 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be increased relative to a reference level of the at least one gene.
  • the expression levels of at least CXCL9 and CXCL10 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be increased relative to reference levels of the genes.
  • the luminal subtype tumor is a luminal cluster II subtype tumor.
  • the invention features a method for determining whether a patient suffering from a bladder cancer is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, the method comprising determining the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in a tumor sample obtained from the patient, wherein a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the invention features a method for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a bladder cancer to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, the method comprising determining the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in a tumor sample obtained from the patient, wherein a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the invention features a method for selecting a therapy for a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising determining the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in a tumor sample obtained from the patient, and selecting a therapy comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist for the patient based on a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample.
  • the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 5% or more of the tumor sample. In some embodiments, the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating cells that comprise at least about 10% of the tumor sample.
  • the invention features a method for determining whether a patient suffering from a bladder cancer is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, the method comprising determining from a tumor sample obtained from the patient the subtype of the tumor, wherein a luminal subtype tumor indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the invention features a method for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a bladder cancer to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, the method comprising determining from a tumor sample obtained from the patient the subtype of the tumor, wherein a luminal subtype tumor indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the invention features a method for selecting a therapy for a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising determining from a tumor sample obtained from the patient the subtype of the tumor, and selecting a therapy comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist for the patient based on the determination that the tumor is a luminal subtype tumor.
  • the method further comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist based on the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in the tumor sample.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is selected from the group consisting of a PD-L1 binding antagonist, a PD-1 binding antagonist, and a PD-L2 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-L1 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to one or more of its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to PD-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to B7-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to both PD-1 and B7-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist is an antibody.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of atezolizumab (MPDL3280A), YW243.55.S70, MDX-1105, MEDI4736 (durvalumab), and MSB0010718C (avelumab).
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:19, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:20, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:21, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:22, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:23, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-1 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to one or more of its ligand binding partners. In some embodiments, the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L1. In some embodiments, the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L2. In other embodiments, the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to both PD-L1 and PD-L2. In yet other embodiments, the PD-1 binding antagonist is an antibody.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of MDX-1106 (nivolumab), MK-3475 (pembrolizumab), CT-011 (pidilizumab), MEDI-0680 (AMP-514), PDR001, REGN2810, and BGB-108.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an Fc-fusion protein.
  • the Fc-fusion protein is AMP-224.
  • the method further comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of a second therapeutic agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a cytotoxic agent, a growth-inhibitory agent, a radiation therapy agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, and combinations thereof.
  • the bladder cancer is an urothelial bladder cancer (UBC).
  • UBC urothelial bladder cancer
  • the UBC is a metastatic urothelial bladder cancer.
  • the UBC is a locally advanced urothelial bladder cancer.
  • the patient has progressed following treatment with a platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent (i.e., the patient's disease (e.g., UBC) has progressed after prior treatment with a platinum-based chemotherapeutic agent).
  • the tumor sample is a formalin-fixed and paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tumor sample, an archival tumor sample, a fresh tumor sample, or a frozen tumor sample.
  • FFPE formalin-fixed and paraffin-embedded
  • the expression level of PD-L1 is a protein expression level.
  • the protein expression level of PD-L1 is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of immunohistochemistry (IHC), immunofluorescence, flow cytometry, and Western blot.
  • the protein expression level of PD-L1 is determined using IHC.
  • the protein expression level of PD-L1 is detected using an anti-PD-L1 antibody.
  • the expression level of PD-L1 is an mRNA expression level.
  • the mRNA expression level of PD-L1 is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR), reverse transcription qPCR (RT-qPCR), RNA sequencing, microarray analysis, in situ hybridization, and serial analysis of gene expression (SAGE).
  • qPCR quantitative polymerase chain reaction
  • RT-qPCR reverse transcription qPCR
  • SAGE serial analysis of gene expression
  • the invention features a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist for use in treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample.
  • the invention features the use of an effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample.
  • the invention features a composition comprising an effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist for use in a method of treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample.
  • FIG. 1A is a table showing prevalence of PD-L1 expression at the indicated IC scores in UBC. The results are based on staining of archival tumor tissue from patients prescreened in an ongoing Phase Ia clinical trial (see Example 2).
  • FIG. 1B is an image showing PD-L1 expression in tumor-infiltrating immune cells (ICs) as assessed by immunohistochemistry using a rabbit monoclonal anti-PD-L1 antibody. PD-L1 staining is shown in dark brown.
  • FIG. 2 is a table showing that PD-L1 expression in ICs is associated with response of UBC patients to treatment with atezolizumab (MPDL3280A).
  • the objective response rate (ORR), complete responses (CR), and partial responses (PR) are shown for patients with the indicated IC score.
  • ORR objective response rate
  • CR complete responses
  • PR partial responses
  • FIG. 3 is a graph showing response of UBC patients to treatment with atezolizumab (MPDL3280A). The IC score of the patients are indicated. SLD, sum of longest diameter of the target lesions. Seven patients without post-baseline tumor assessments were not included. Asterisks denote 9 CR patients who had not all been confirmed by the data cutoff date, 7 of whom had ⁇ 100% reduction due to lymph node target lesions. All lymph notes returned to normal size per RECIST v1.1. a Change in SLD >100%.
  • FIG. 4 is a graph showing duration of treatment and response in UBC patients treated with atezolizumab (MPDL3280A). Markers for discontinuation and ongoing response status have no implication on timing.
  • FIG. 5A is a table showing association of PD-L1 expression in ICs with survival in UBC patients treated with atezolizumab (MPDL3280A).
  • the graph shows median and 1-year progression-free survival (PFS) and overall survival (OS) for IC2/3 and IC0/1 UBC patients treated with atezolizumab (MPDL3280A).
  • FIG. 5B is a graph showing OS for IC2/3 and IC0/1 UBC patients treated with atezolizumab (MPDL3280A).
  • FIG. 6 is a series of graphs showing an association between the expression level of the immunoblocker gene signature (CTLA4, BTLA, LAG3, HAVCR2, PD1) or CTLA4 in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) with response during treatment of UBC patients with atezolizumab.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the overall design of the phase II trial.
  • the tumor tissue evaluable for PD-L1 testing was prospectively assessed by a central laboratory.
  • the patients and investigators were blinded to PD-L1 IHC status.
  • FIG. 8 is an overview of the cohort enrolled in the phase II trial.
  • the excluded group includes re-screened patients.
  • the treatment group is composed of 311 patients, and the efficacy evaluable group is composed of 310 patients.
  • One patient was removed from the treatment group due to their tumor sample being from an unknown site.
  • FIG. 9A is a graph depicting the change in sum of the largest diameters of tumors from baseline over time in the IC2/3 patients demonstrating a partial or complete response to atezolizumab (MPDL3280A).
  • FIG. 9B is a graph depicting the change in sum of the largest diameters of tumors from baseline over time in the IC2/3 patients with stable disease to atezolizumab (MPDL3280A).
  • FIG. 9C is a graph depicting the change in sum of the largest diameters of tumors from baseline over time in the IC2/3 patients with progressive disease to atezolizumab (MPDL3280A).
  • FIG. 9D is a graph depicting the overall survival of the IC0, IC1, and IC2/3 patients.
  • FIG. 11A is a graph depicting the change in sum of the longest diameters of tumors overtime by the best response in the IC0 patients treated beyond progression with atezolizumab.
  • FIG. 11B is a graph depicting the change in sum of the longest diameters of tumors over time by the best response in the IC1 patients treated beyond progression with atezolizumab.
  • FIG. 11C is a graph depicting the change in sum of the longest diameters of tumors over time by the best response in the IC2/3 patients treated beyond progression with atezolizumab.
  • FIG. 12A is a graph depicting the association between PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression (e.g., IC score) and genes in a CD8 effector set (e.g., CXCL9 and CXCL10).
  • PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression e.g., IC score
  • CD8 effector set e.g., CXCL9 and CXCL10
  • FIG. 12B is a graph depicting the association between PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression (e.g., IC score) with genes in a CD8 effector set (e.g., CXCL9 and CXCL10).
  • PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression e.g., IC score
  • CD8 effector set e.g., CXCL9 and CXCL10
  • FIG. 12C is a graph depicting the association between CD8 infiltration and PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression (e.g., IC score).
  • FIG. 12D is a graph depicting the association between CD8 infiltration and response.
  • FIG. 12E a graph depicting the association between PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression on tumor infiltrating immune cells (IC) tumor subtype.
  • FIG. 12F is a graph depicting the association between PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression on tumor cells (TC) with tumor subtype.
  • FIG. 12G a graph depicting the association between tumor subtype and response.
  • FIG. 13A is a graph depicting the association of a full CD8 T-effector gene set (e.g., CD8A, GZMA, GZMB, IFNG, CXCL9, CXCL10, PRF1, TBX21) with PD-L1 immunohistochemistry IC status
  • a full CD8 T-effector gene set e.g., CD8A, GZMA, GZMB, IFNG, CXCL9, CXCL10, PRF1, TBX21
  • FIG. 13B is a graph depicting the association of a full CD8 T-effector gene set (e.g., CD8A, GZMA, GZMB, IFNG, CXCL9, CXCL10, PRF1, TBX21) with patient response.
  • a full CD8 T-effector gene set e.g., CD8A, GZMA, GZMB, IFNG, CXCL9, CXCL10, PRF1, TBX21
  • FIG. 14 is a heatmap depicting the relationship between inferred molecular subtype, response, IC and TC score, and gene expression for two gene sets: (i) genes used for assigning TCGA subtype and (ii) genes commonly associated with CD8 T effector activity.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram depicting the relationship between logistic regressions that fit response (CR/PR vs SD/PD) on one or more biomarkers: PD-L1 IHC IC score (IC0/1 vs IC2/3) and TCGA gene expression subtype.
  • the present invention provides therapeutic and diagnostic methods and compositions for cancer, for example, bladder cancer (e.g., urothelial bladder cancer, UBC).
  • bladder cancer e.g., urothelial bladder cancer, UBC.
  • the invention is based, at least in part, on the discovery that determination of expression levels of biomarkers of the invention, for example, PD-L1 and/or tumor subtype, in samples obtained from a patient is useful in treatment of a patient suffering from cancer, for diagnosing a patient suffering from cancer, for determining whether a patient having a cancer is likely to respond to treatment with an anti-cancer therapy that includes a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist (e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody, e.g., atezolizumab (MPDL3280A)), for optimizing therapeutic efficacy of an anti-cancer therapy that includes a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist (e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody, e.g., atez
  • tumor subtype refers to the intrinsic molecular characteristics (e.g., DNA, RNA, and/or protein expression levels (e.g., genomic profile)) of a tumor or cancer.
  • the particular subtype of a tumor or cancer e.g., a urothelial bladder cancer (UBC tumor)
  • UBC tumor urothelial bladder cancer
  • subtype-associated molecular features e.g., expression of one or biomarkers (e.g., particular genes, RNA (e.g., mRNA, microRNA), or proteins encoded by said genes)
  • biomarkers e.g., particular genes, RNA (e.g., mRNA, microRNA), or proteins encoded by said genes
  • PD-L1 axis binding antagonist refers to a molecule that inhibits the interaction of a PD-L1 axis binding partner with one or more of its binding partners, so as to remove T-cell dysfunction resulting from signaling on the PD-1 signaling axis, with a result being restored or enhanced T-cell function.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist includes a PD-L1 binding antagonist and a PD-1 binding antagonist as well as molecules that interfere with the interaction between PD-L1 and PD-1 (e.g., a PD-L2-Fc fusion).
  • disfunction in the context of immune dysfunction, refers to a state of reduced immune responsiveness to antigenic stimulation.
  • the term includes the common elements of both “exhaustion” and/or “anergy” in which antigen recognition may occur, but the ensuing immune response is ineffective to control infection or tumor growth.
  • disfunctional also includes refractory or unresponsive to antigen recognition, specifically, impaired capacity to translate antigen recognition into down-stream T-cell effector functions, such as proliferation, cytokine production (e.g., IL-2) and/or target cell killing.
  • T-cell anergy refers to the state of unresponsiveness to antigen stimulation resulting from incomplete or insufficient signals delivered through the T-cell receptor (e.g., increase in intracellular Ca 2+ in the absence of Ras activation). T-cell anergy can also result upon stimulation with antigen in the absence of co-stimulation, resulting in the cell becoming refractory to subsequent activation by the antigen even in the context of co-stimulation.
  • the unresponsive state can often be overridden by the presence of interleukin-2. Anergic T-cells do not undergo clonal expansion and/or acquire effector functions.
  • exhaustion refers to T-cell exhaustion as a state of T-cell dysfunction that arises from sustained TCR signaling that occurs during many chronic infections and cancer. It is distinguished from anergy in that it arises not through incomplete or deficient signaling, but from sustained signaling. It is defined by poor effector function, sustained expression of inhibitory receptors and a transcriptional state distinct from that of functional effector or memory T-cells. Exhaustion prevents optimal control of infection and tumors. Exhaustion can result from both extrinsic negative regulatory pathways (e.g., immunoregulatory cytokines) as well as cell-intrinsic negative regulatory (co-stimulatory) pathways (PD-1, B7-H3, B7-H4, etc.).
  • extrinsic negative regulatory pathways e.g., immunoregulatory cytokines
  • cell-intrinsic negative regulatory (co-stimulatory) pathways PD-1, B7-H3, B7-H4, etc.
  • “Enhancing T-cell function” means to induce, cause or stimulate a T-cell to have a sustained or amplified biological function, or renew or reactivate exhausted or inactive T-cells.
  • Examples of enhancing T-cell function include: increased secretion of ⁇ -interferon from CD8+ T-cells, increased proliferation, increased antigen responsiveness (e.g., viral, pathogen, or tumor clearance) relative to such levels before the intervention.
  • the level of enhancement is at least 50%, alternatively 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 120%, 150%, or 200% enhancement. The manner of measuring this enhancement is known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Tumor immunity refers to the process in which tumors evade immune recognition and clearance. Thus, as a therapeutic concept, tumor immunity is “treated” when such evasion is attenuated, and the tumors are recognized and attacked by the immune system. Examples of tumor recognition include tumor binding, tumor shrinkage and tumor clearance.
  • Immunogenicity refers to the ability of a particular substance to provoke an immune response. Tumors are immunogenic and enhancing tumor immunogenicity aids in the clearance of the tumor cells by the immune response. Examples of enhancing tumor immunogenicity include treatment with a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a “PD-L1 binding antagonist” is a molecule that decreases, blocks, inhibits, abrogates or interferes with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-L1 with either one or more of its binding partners, such as PD-1 and/or B7-1.
  • a PD-L1 binding antagonist is a molecule that inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to its binding partners.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits binding of PD-L1 to PD-1 and/or B7-1.
  • PD-L1 binding antagonists include anti-PD-L1 antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, immunoadhesins, fusion proteins, oligopeptides, small molecule antagonists, polynucleotide antagonists, and other molecules that decrease, block, inhibit, abrogate or interfere with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-L1 with one or more of its binding partners, such as PD-1 and/or B7-1.
  • a PD-L1 binding antagonist reduces the negative signal mediated by or through cell surface proteins expressed on T lymphocytes and other cells through PD-L1 or PD-1 so as to render a dysfunctional T-cell less dysfunctional.
  • a PD-L1 binding antagonist is an anti-PD-L1 antibody.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody is YW243.55.S70 described herein.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody is MDX-1105 described herein.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody is atezolizumab (MPDL3280A) described herein.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody is MEDI4736 (druvalumab) described herein.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody is MSB0010718C (avelumab) described herein.
  • a “PD-1 binding antagonist” is a molecule that decreases, blocks, inhibits, abrogates or interferes with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-1 with one or more of its binding partners, such as PD-L1 and/or PD-L2.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is a molecule that inhibits the binding of PD-1 to its binding partners.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L1 and/or PD-L2.
  • PD-1 binding antagonists include anti-PD-1 antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, immunoadhesins, fusion proteins, oligopeptides, small molecule antagonists, polynucleotide antagonists, and other molecules that decrease, block, inhibit, abrogate or interfere with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-1 with PD-L1 and/or PD-L2.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist reduces the negative signal mediated by or through cell surface proteins expressed on T lymphocytes and other cells through PD-1 or PD-L1 so as to render a dysfunctional T-cell less dysfunctional.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an anti-PD-1 antibody.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist is MDX-1106 (nivolumab) described herein.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist is MK-3475 (pembrolizumab) described herein.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist is CT-011 (pidilizumab) described herein.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist is MEDI-0680 (AMP-514) described herein.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist is PDR001 described herein.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist is REGN2810 described herein.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist is BGB-108 described herein.
  • a PD-1 binding antagonist is AMP-224 described herein.
  • Programmed Death Ligand 1 and “PD-L1” refer herein to a native sequence PD-L1 polypeptide, polypeptide variants, and fragments of a native sequence polypeptide and polypeptide variants (which are further defined herein).
  • the PD-L1 polypeptide described herein may be that which is isolated from a variety of sources, such as from human tissue types or from another source, or prepared by recombinant or synthetic methods.
  • a “native sequence PD-L1 polypeptide” comprises a polypeptide having the same amino acid sequence as the corresponding PD-L1 polypeptide derived from nature.
  • a “PD-L1 polypeptide variant.” or variations thereof, means a PD-L1 polypeptide, generally an active PD-L1 polypeptide, as defined herein having at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity with any of the native sequence PD-L1 polypeptide sequences as disclosed herein.
  • Such PD-L1 polypeptide variants include, for instance, PD-L1 polypeptides wherein one or more amino acid residues are added, or deleted, at the N- or C-terminus of a native amino acid sequence.
  • a PD-L1 polypeptide variant will have at least about 80% amino acid sequence identity, alternatively at least about 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% amino acid sequence identity, to a native sequence PD-L1 polypeptide sequence as disclosed herein.
  • PD-L1 variant polypeptides are at least about 10 amino acids in length, alternatively at least about 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, or 289 amino acids in length, or more.
  • PD-L1 variant polypeptides will have no more than one conservative amino acid substitution as compared to a native PD-L1 polypeptide sequence, alternatively no more than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 conservative amino acid substitutions as compared to a native PD-L1 polypeptide sequence.
  • Polynucleotide or “nucleic acid,” as used interchangeably herein, refer to polymers of nucleotides of any length, and include DNA and RNA.
  • the nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a polymer by DNA or RNA polymerase, or by a synthetic reaction.
  • polynucleotides as defined herein include, without limitation, single- and double-stranded DNA, DNA including single- and double-stranded regions, single- and double-stranded RNA, and RNA including single- and double-stranded regions, hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or, more typically, double-stranded or include single- and double-stranded regions.
  • polynucleotide refers to triple-stranded regions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA and DNA. The strands in such regions may be from the same molecule or from different molecules.
  • the regions may include all of one or more of the molecules, but more typically involve only a region of some of the molecules.
  • One of the molecules of a triple-helical region often is an oligonucleotide.
  • polynucleotide specifically includes cDNAs.
  • a polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and their analogs. If present, modification to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly of the polymer. The sequence of nucleotides may be interrupted by non-nucleotide components. A polynucleotide may be further modified after synthesis, such as by conjugation with a label.
  • modifications include, for example, “caps,” substitution of one or more of the naturally-occurring nucleotides with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as, for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, and the like) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, and the like), those containing pendant moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, poly-L-lysine, and the like), those with intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, and the like), those containing chelators (e.g., metals, radioactive metals, boron, oxidative metals, and the like), those containing alkylators, those with modified linkages (e.g., alpha anomeric nucleic acids
  • any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in the sugars may be replaced, for example, by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to additional nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid or semi-solid supports.
  • the 5′ and 3′ terminal OH can be phosphorylated or substituted with amines or organic capping group moieties of from 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Other hydroxyls may also be derivatized to standard protecting groups.
  • Polynucleotides can also contain analogous forms of ribose or deoxyribose sugars that are generally known in the art, including, for example, 2′-O-methyl-, 2′-O-allyl-, 2′-fluoro-, or 2′-azido-ribose, carbocyclic sugar analogs, ⁇ -anomeric sugars, epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs, and abasic nucleoside analogs such as methyl riboside.
  • One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups.
  • linking groups include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein phosphate is replaced by P(O)S (“thioate”), P(S)S (“dithioate”), “(O)NR 2 (“amidate”), P(O)R, P(O)OR′, CO or CH 2 (“formacetal”), in which each R or R′ is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1-20 C) optionally containing an ether (—O—) linkage, aryl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or araldyl. Not all linkages in a polynucleotide need be identical.
  • a polynucleotide can contain one or more different types of modifications as described herein and/or multiple modifications of the same type. The preceding description applies to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and DNA.
  • Oligonucleotide generally refers to short, single stranded, polynucleotides that are, but not necessarily, less than about 250 nucleotides in length. Oligonucleotides may be synthetic. The terms “oligonucleotide” and “polynucleotide” are not mutually exclusive. The description above for polynucleotides is equally and fully applicable to oligonucleotides.
  • primer refers to a single-stranded polynucleotide that is capable of hybridizing to a nucleic acid and allowing polymerization of a complementary nucleic acid, generally by providing a free 3′-OH group.
  • small molecule refers to any molecule with a molecular weight of about 2000 daltons or less, preferably of about 500 daltons or less.
  • host cell refers to cells into which exogenous nucleic acid has been introduced, including the progeny of such cells.
  • Host cells include “transformants” and “transformed cells,” which include the primary transformed cell and progeny derived therefrom without regard to the number of passages. Progeny may not be completely identical in nucleic acid content to a parent cell, but may contain mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened or selected for in the originally transformed cell are included herein.
  • vector refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of propagating another nucleic acid to which it is linked.
  • the term includes the vector as a self-replicating nucleic acid structure as well as the vector incorporated into the genome of a host cell into which it has been introduced.
  • Certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of nucleic acids to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “expression vectors.”
  • nucleic acid refers to a nucleic acid molecule that has been separated from a component of its natural environment.
  • An isolated nucleic acid includes a nucleic acid molecule contained in cells that ordinarily contain the nucleic acid molecule, but the nucleic acid molecule is present extrachromosomally or at a chromosomal location that is different from its natural chromosomal location.
  • antibody herein is used in the broadest sense and encompasses various antibody structures, including but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments so long as they exhibit the desired antigen-binding activity.
  • an “isolated” antibody is one which has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials which would interfere with research, diagnostic, and/or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes.
  • an antibody is purified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by, for example, the Lowry method, and in some embodiments, to greater than 99% by weight; (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of, for example, a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using, for example, Coomassie blue or silver stain.
  • An isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, an isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • “Native antibodies” are usually heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies among the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (VH) followed by a number of constant domains.
  • VH variable domain
  • Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (VL) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light chain and heavy chain variable domains.
  • the “light chains” of antibodies (immunoglobulins) from any mammalian species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa (“ ⁇ ”) and lambda (“ ⁇ ”), based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
  • constant domain refers to the portion of an immunoglobulin molecule having a more conserved amino acid sequence relative to the other portion of the immunoglobulin, the variable domain, which contains the antigen binding site.
  • the constant domain contains the CH1, CH2, and CH3 domains (collectively, CH) of the heavy chain and the CHL (or CL) domain of the light chain.
  • variable region refers to the amino-terminal domains of the heavy or light chain of the antibody.
  • variable domain of the heavy chain may be referred to as “VH.”
  • variable domain of the light chain may be referred to as “VL.” These domains are generally the most variable parts of an antibody and contain the antigen-binding sites.
  • variable refers to the fact that certain portions of the variable domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed throughout the variable domains of antibodies. It is concentrated in three segments called hypervariable regions (HVRs) both in the light chain and the heavy chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the framework regions (FR).
  • HVRs hypervariable regions
  • FR framework regions
  • the variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a beta-sheet configuration, connected by three HVRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure.
  • the HVRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the HVRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest , Fifth Edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • the constant domains are not involved directly in the binding of an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
  • HVR hypervariable region
  • VH variable domain
  • L1 L2, L3
  • H3 and L3 display the most diversity of the six HVRs, and H3 in particular is believed to play a unique role in conferring fine specificity to antibodies. See, for example, Xu et al., Immunity 13:37-45 (2000); Johnson and Wu, in Methods in Molecular Biology 248:1-25 (Lo, ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003).
  • camelid antibodies consisting of a heavy chain only are functional and stable in the absence of light chain. See, for example, Hamers-Casterman et al., Nature 363:446-448 (1993); Sheriff et al., Nature Struct. Biol. 3:733-736 (1996).
  • HVR delineations are in use and are encompassed herein.
  • the Kabat Complementarity Determining Regions are based on sequence variability and are the most commonly used (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). Chothia refers instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)).
  • the AbM HVRs represent a compromise between the Kabat HVRs and Chothia structural loops, and are used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling software.
  • the “contact” HVRs are based on an analysis of the available complex crystal structures. The residues from each of these HVRs are noted below.
  • HVRs may comprise “extended HVRs” as follows: 24-36 or 24-34 (L1), 46-56 or 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 or 89-96 (L3) in the VL and 26-35 (H1), 50-65 or 49-65 (H2) and 93-102, 94-102, or 95-102 (H3) in the VH.
  • the variable domain residues are numbered according to Kabat et al., supra, for each of these definitions.
  • Framework or “FR” residues are those variable domain residues other than the HVR residues as herein defined.
  • variable domain residue numbering as in Kabat or “amino acid position numbering as in Kabat,” and variations thereof, refers to the numbering system used for heavy chain variable domains or light chain variable domains of the compilation of antibodies in Kabat et al., supra. Using this numbering system, the actual linear amino acid sequence may contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of, or insertion into, a FR or HVR of the variable domain.
  • a heavy chain variable domain may include a single amino acid insert (residue 52a according to Kabat) after residue 52 of H2 and inserted residues (e.g., residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc. according to Kabat) after heavy chain FR residue 82.
  • the Kabat numbering of residues may be determined for a given antibody by alignment at regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody with a “standard” Kabat numbered sequence.
  • the Kabat numbering system is generally used when referring to a residue in the variable domain (approximately residues 1-107 of the light chain and residues 1-113 of the heavy chain) (e.g., Kabat et al., Sequences of Immunological Interest. 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • the “EU numbering system” or “EU index” is generally used when referring to a residue in an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region (e.g., the EU index reported in Kabat et al., supra).
  • the “EU index as in Kabat” refers to the residue numbering of the human IgG1 EU antibody.
  • full-length antibody “intact antibody,” and “whole antibody” are used herein interchangeably to refer to an antibody in its substantially intact form, not antibody fragments as defined below.
  • the terms particularly refer to an antibody with heavy chains that contain an Fc region.
  • Antibody fragments comprise a portion of an intact antibody, preferably comprising the antigen-binding region thereof.
  • the antibody fragment described herein is an antigen-binding fragment.
  • Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 , and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called “Fab” fragments, each with a single antigen-binding site, and a residual “Fc” fragment, whose name reflects its ability to crystallize readily. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab′) 2 fragment that has two antigen-combining sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
  • Fv is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-binding site.
  • a two-chain Fv species consists of a dimer of one heavy- and one light-chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association.
  • scFv single-chain Fv
  • one heavy- and one light-chain variable domain can be covalently linked by a flexible peptide linker such that the light and heavy chains can associate in a “dimeric” structure analogous to that in a two-chain Fv species. It is in this configuration that the three HVRs of each variable domain interact to define an antigen-binding site on the surface of the VH-VL dimer.
  • the six HVRs confer antigen-binding specificity to the antibody.
  • the Fab fragment contains the heavy- and light-chain variable domains and also contains the constant domain of the light chain and the first constant domain (CH1) of the heavy chain.
  • Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by the addition of a few residues at the carboxy terminus of the heavy chain CH1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region.
  • Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group.
  • F(ab′) 2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • Single-chain Fv or “scFv” antibody fragments comprise the VH and VL domains of antibody, wherein these domains are present in a single polypeptide chain.
  • the scFv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains which enables the scFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding.
  • diabodies refers to antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites, which fragments comprise a heavy-chain variable domain (VH) connected to a light-chain variable domain (VL) in the same polypeptide chain (VH-VL).
  • VH heavy-chain variable domain
  • VL light-chain variable domain
  • Diabodies may be bivalent or bispecific. Diabodies are described more fully in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 1993/01161; Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003); and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993). Triabodies and tetrabodies are also described in Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003).
  • the “class” of an antibody refers to the type of constant domain or constant region possessed by its heavy chain.
  • the heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of antibodies are called ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ , respectively.
  • a monoclonal antibody refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, e.g., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible mutations, e.g., naturally occurring mutations, that may be present in minor amounts. Thus, the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as not being a mixture of discrete antibodies.
  • such a monoclonal antibody typically includes an antibody comprising a polypeptide sequence that binds a target, wherein the target-binding polypeptide sequence was obtained by a process that includes the selection of a single target-binding polypeptide sequence from a plurality of polypeptide sequences.
  • the selection process can be the selection of a unique clone from a plurality of clones, such as a pool of hybridoma clones, phage clones, or recombinant DNA clones.
  • a selected target-binding sequence can be further altered, for example, to improve affinity for the target, to humanize the target-binding sequence, to improve its production in cell culture, to reduce its immunogenicity in vivo, to create a multispecific antibody, etc., and that an antibody comprising the altered target-binding sequence is also a monoclonal antibody of this invention.
  • each monoclonal antibody of a monoclonal antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen.
  • monoclonal antibody preparations are advantageous in that they are typically uncontaminated by other immunoglobulins.
  • the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the invention may be made by a variety of techniques, including, for example, the hybridoma method (e.g., Kohler and Milstein, Nature 256:495-97 (1975); Hongo et al., Hybridoma 14 (3): 253-260 (1995), Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed.
  • the monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855 (1984)).
  • Chimeric antibodies include PRIMATIZED® antibodies wherein the antigen-binding region of the antibody is derived from an antibody produced by, e.g., immunizing macaque monkeys with the antigen of interest.
  • a “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human or a human cell or derived from a non-human source that utilizes human antibody repertoires or other human antibody-encoding sequences. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.
  • a “humanized” antibody refers to a chimeric antibody comprising amino acid residues from non-human HVRs and amino acid residues from human framework regions (FRs).
  • a humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the HVRs (e.g., CDRs) correspond to those of a non-human antibody, and all or substantially all of the FRs correspond to those of a human antibody.
  • a humanized antibody optionally may comprise at least a portion of an antibody constant region derived from a human antibody.
  • a “humanized form” of an antibody, e.g., a non-human antibody refers to an antibody that has undergone humanization.
  • anti-PD-L1 antibody and “an antibody that binds to PD-L1” refer to an antibody that is capable of binding PD-L1 with sufficient affinity such that the antibody is useful as a diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent in targeting PD-L1.
  • the extent of binding of an anti-PD-L1 antibody to an unrelated, non-PD-L1 protein is less than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to PD-L1 as measured, for example, by a radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody binds to an epitope of PD-L1 that is conserved among PD-L1 from different species.
  • anti-PD-1 antibody and “an antibody that binds to PD-1” refer to an antibody that is capable of binding PD-1 with sufficient affinity such that the antibody is useful as a diagnostic and/or therapeutic agent in targeting PD-1.
  • the extent of binding of an anti-PD-1 antibody to an unrelated, non-PD-1 protein is less than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to PD-1 as measured, for example, by a radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • an anti-PD-1 antibody binds to an epitope of PD-1 that is conserved among PD-1 from different species.
  • blocking antibody or an “antagonist” antibody is one which inhibits or reduces biological activity of the antigen it binds.
  • Preferred blocking antibodies or antagonist antibodies substantially or completely inhibit the biological activity of the antigen.
  • Bind refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen).
  • binding affinity refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen).
  • the affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Specific illustrative and exemplary embodiments for measuring binding affinity are described in the following.
  • the term “binds”, “specifically binds to” or is “specific for” refers to measurable and reproducible interactions such as binding between a target and an antibody, which is determinative of the presence of the target in the presence of a heterogeneous population of molecules including biological molecules.
  • an antibody that binds to or specifically binds to a target is an antibody that binds this target with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other targets.
  • the extent of binding of an antibody to an unrelated target is less than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to the target as measured, e.g., by a radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • an antibody that specifically binds to a target has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ⁇ 1 ⁇ M, ⁇ 100 nM, ⁇ 10 nM, ⁇ 1 nM, or ⁇ 0.1 nM.
  • Kd dissociation constant
  • an antibody specifically binds to an epitope on a protein that is conserved among the protein from different species.
  • specific binding can include, but does not require exclusive binding.
  • an “affinity matured” antibody refers to an antibody with one or more alterations in one or more hypervariable regions (HVRs), compared to a parent antibody which does not possess such alterations, such alterations resulting in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
  • HVRs hypervariable regions
  • an “antibody that binds to the same epitope” as a reference antibody refers to an antibody that blocks binding of the reference antibody to its antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more, and conversely, the reference antibody blocks binding of the antibody to its antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more.
  • an “immunoconjugate” is an antibody conjugated to one or more heterologous molecule(s), including but not limited to a cytotoxic agent.
  • immunoadhesin designates antibody-like molecules which combine the binding specificity of a heterologous protein (an “adhesin”) with the effector functions of immunoglobulin constant domains.
  • the immunoadhesins comprise a fusion of an amino acid sequence with the desired binding specificity which is other than the antigen recognition and binding site of an antibody (i.e., is “heterologous”), and an immunoglobulin constant domain sequence.
  • the adhesin part of an immunoadhesin molecule typically is a contiguous amino acid sequence comprising at least the binding site of a receptor or a ligand.
  • the immunoglobulin constant domain sequence in the immunoadhesin may be obtained from any immunoglobulin, such as IgG1, IgG2 (including IgG2A and IgG2B), IgG3, or IgG4 subtypes, IgA (including IgA1 and IgA2), IgE, IgD or IgM.
  • the Ig fusions preferably include the substitution of a domain of a polypeptide or antibody described herein in the place of at least one variable region within an Ig molecule.
  • the immunoglobulin fusion includes the hinge, CH2 and CH3, or the hinge, CH1, CH2 and CH3 regions of an IgG1 molecule.
  • useful immunoadhesins as medicaments useful for therapy herein include polypeptides that comprise the extracellular domain (ECD) or PD-1-binding portions of PD-L1 or PD-L2, or the extracellular or PD-L1- or PD-L2-binding portions of PD-1, fused to a constant domain of an immunoglobulin sequence, such as a PD-L1 ECD-Fc, a PD-L2 ECD-Fc, and a PD-1 ECD-Fc, respectively.
  • Immunoadhesin combinations of Ig Fc and ECD of cell surface receptors are sometimes termed soluble receptors.
  • a “fusion protein” and a “fusion polypeptide” refer to a polypeptide having two portions covalently linked together, where each of the portions is a polypeptide having a different property.
  • the property may be a biological property, such as activity in vitro or in vivo.
  • the property may also be a simple chemical or physical property, such as binding to a target molecule, catalysis of a reaction, and the like.
  • the two portions may be linked directly by a single peptide bond or through a peptide linker but are in reading frame with each other.
  • Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity with respect to the polypeptide sequences identified herein is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the polypeptide being compared, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for measuring alignment, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full-length of the sequences being compared.
  • % amino acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2.
  • the ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc. and the source code has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU510087.
  • the ALIGN-2 program is publicly available through Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif.
  • the ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, preferably digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
  • % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B is calculated as follows:
  • detection includes any means of detecting, including direct and indirect detection.
  • biomarker refers to an indicator, e.g., predictive, diagnostic, and/or prognostic, which can be detected in a sample, for example, PD-L1, FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A, KRT5, KRT6A, KRT14, EGFR, GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, E-cadhherin, ERBB2, or ESR2.
  • the biomarker may serve as an indicator of a particular subtype of a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) characterized by certain, molecular, pathological, histological, and/or clinical features.
  • a biomarker is a gene.
  • Biomarkers include, but are not limited to, polynucleotides (e.g., DNA and/or RNA), polynucleotide copy number alterations (e.g., DNA copy numbers), polypeptides, polypeptide and polynucleotide modifications (e.g., post-translational modifications), carbohydrates, and/or glycolipid-based molecular markers.
  • the “amount” or “level” of a biomarker associated with an increased clinical benefit to an individual is a detectable level in a biological sample. These can be measured by methods known to one skilled in the art and also disclosed herein. The expression level or amount of biomarker assessed can be used to determine the response to the treatment.
  • level of expression or “expression level” in general are used interchangeably and generally refer to the amount of a biomarker in a biological sample. “Expression” generally refers to the process by which information (e.g., gene-encoded and/or epigenetic information) is converted into the structures present and operating in the cell. Therefore, as used herein, “expression” may refer to transcription into a polynucleotide, translation into a polypeptide, or even polynucleotide and/or polypeptide modifications (e.g., posttranslational modification of a polypeptide).
  • Fragments of the transcribed polynucleotide, the translated polypeptide, or polynucleotide and/or polypeptide modifications shall also be regarded as expressed whether they originate from a transcript generated by alternative splicing or a degraded transcript, or from a post-translational processing of the polypeptide, e.g., by proteolysis.
  • “Expressed genes” include those that are transcribed into a polynucleotide as mRNA and then translated into a polypeptide, and also those that are transcribed into RNA but not translated into a polypeptide (for example, transfer and ribosomal RNAs).
  • “Increased expression,” “increased expression level,” “increased levels,” “elevated expression,” “elevated expression levels,” or “elevated levels” refers to an increased expression or increased levels of a biomarker in an individual relative to a control, such as an individual or individuals who are not suffering from the disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) or an internal control (e.g., a housekeeping biomarker).
  • a control such as an individual or individuals who are not suffering from the disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) or an internal control (e.g., a housekeeping biomarker).
  • “Decreased expression,” “decreased expression level,” “decreased levels,” “reduced expression,” “reduced expression levels,” or “reduced levels” refers to a decrease expression or decreased levels of a biomarker in an individual relative to a control, such as an individual or individuals who are not suffering from the disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) or an internal control (e.g., a housekeeping biomarker). In some embodiments, reduced expression is little or no expression.
  • housekeeping biomarker refers to a biomarker or group of biomarkers (e.g., polynucleotides and/or polypeptides) which are typically similarly present in all cell types.
  • the housekeeping biomarker is a “housekeeping gene.”
  • a “housekeeping gene” refers herein to a gene or group of genes which encode proteins whose activities are essential for the maintenance of cell function and which are typically similarly present in all cell types.
  • “Amplification,” as used herein generally refers to the process of producing multiple copies of a desired sequence. “Multiple copies” mean at least two copies. A “copy” does not necessarily mean perfect sequence complementarity or identity to the template sequence. For example, copies can include nucleotide analogs such as deoxyinosine, intentional sequence alterations (such as sequence alterations introduced through a primer comprising a sequence that is hybridizable, but not complementary, to the template), and/or sequence errors that occur during amplification.
  • multiplex-PCR refers to a single PCR reaction carried out on nucleic acid obtained from a single source (e.g., an individual) using more than one primer set for the purpose of amplifying two or more DNA sequences in a single reaction.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • sequence information from the ends of the region of interest or beyond needs to be available, such that oligonucleotide primers can be designed; these primers will be identical or similar in sequence to opposite strands of the template to be amplified.
  • the 5′ terminal nucleotides of the two primers may coincide with the ends of the amplified material.
  • PCR can be used to amplify specific RNA sequences, specific DNA sequences from total genomic DNA, and cDNA transcribed from total cellular RNA, bacteriophage, or plasmid sequences, etc. See generally Mullis et al., Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant. Biol. 51:263 (1987) and Erlich, ed., PCR Technology , (Stockton Press, N Y, 1989).
  • PCR is considered to be one, but not the only, example of a nucleic acid polymerase reaction method for amplifying a nucleic acid test sample, comprising the use of a known nucleic acid (DNA or RNA) as a primer and utilizes a nucleic acid polymerase to amplify or generate a specific piece of nucleic acid or to amplify or generate a specific piece of nucleic acid which is complementary to a particular nucleic acid.
  • DNA or RNA DNA or RNA
  • qRT-PCR refers to a form of PCR wherein the amount of PCR product is measured at each step in a PCR reaction. This technique has been described in various publications including, for example, Cronin et al., Am. J. Pathol. 164(1):35-42 (2004) and Ma et al., Cancer Cell 5:607-616 (2004).
  • microarray refers to an ordered arrangement of hybridizable array elements, preferably polynucleotide probes, on a substrate.
  • diagnosis is used herein to refer to the identification or classification of a molecular or pathological state, disease or condition (e.g., cancer).
  • diagnosis may refer to identification of a particular type of cancer.
  • Diagnosis may also refer to the classification of a particular subtype of cancer, for instance, by histopathological criteria, or by molecular features (e.g., a subtype characterized by expression of one or a combination of biomarkers (e.g., particular genes or proteins encoded by said genes)).
  • a method of aiding diagnosis of a disease or condition can comprise measuring certain biomarkers (e.g., PD-L1) in a biological sample from an individual.
  • biomarkers e.g., PD-L1
  • sample refers to a composition that is obtained or derived from a subject and/or individual of interest that contains a cellular and/or other molecular entity that is to be characterized and/or identified, for example, based on physical, biochemical, chemical, and/or physiological characteristics.
  • disease sample and variations thereof refers to any sample obtained from a subject of interest that would be expected or is known to contain the cellular and/or molecular entity that is to be characterized.
  • Samples include, but are not limited to, tissue samples, primary or cultured cells or cell lines, cell supernatants, cell lysates, platelets, serum, plasma, vitreous fluid, lymph fluid, synovial fluid, follicular fluid, seminal fluid, amniotic fluid, milk, whole blood, blood-derived cells, urine, cerebro-spinal fluid, saliva, sputum, tears, perspiration, mucus, tumor lysates, and tissue culture medium, tissue extracts such as homogenized tissue, tumor tissue, cellular extracts, and combinations thereof.
  • tissue sample or “cell sample” is meant a collection of similar cells obtained from a tissue of a subject or individual.
  • the source of the tissue or cell sample may be solid tissue as from a fresh, frozen and/or preserved organ, tissue sample, biopsy, and/or aspirate; blood or any blood constituents such as plasma; bodily fluids such as cerebral spinal fluid, amniotic fluid, peritoneal fluid, or interstitial fluid; cells from any time in gestation or development of the subject.
  • the tissue sample may also be primary or cultured cells or cell lines.
  • the tissue or cell sample is obtained from a disease tissue/organ.
  • a “tumor sample” is a tissue sample obtained from a tumor or other cancerous tissue.
  • the tissue sample may contain a mixed population of cell types (e.g., tumor cells and non-tumor cells, cancerous cells and non-cancerous cells).
  • the tissue sample may contain compounds which are not naturally intermixed with the tissue in nature such as preservatives, anticoagulants, buffers, fixatives, nutrients, antibiotics, or the like.
  • Tumor-infiltrating immune cell refers to any immune cell present in a tumor or a sample thereof.
  • Tumor-infiltrating immune cells include, but are not limited to, intratumoral immune cells, peritumoral immune cells, other tumor stroma cells (e.g., fibroblasts), or any combination thereof.
  • Such tumor-infiltrating immune cells can be, for example, T lymphocytes (such as CD8+ T lymphocytes and/or CD4+ T lymphocytes), B lymphocytes, or other bone marrow-lineage cells, including granulocytes (e.g., neutrophils, eosinophils, and basophils), monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells (e.g., interdigitating dendritic cells), histiocytes, and natural killer cells.
  • T lymphocytes such as CD8+ T lymphocytes and/or CD4+ T lymphocytes
  • B lymphocytes or other bone marrow-lineage cells, including granulocytes (e.g., neutrophils, eosinophils, and basophils), monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells (e.g., interdigitating dendritic cells), histiocytes, and natural killer cells.
  • granulocytes e.g., neutrophils,
  • tumor cell refers to any tumor cell present in a tumor or a sample thereof. Tumor cells may be distinguished from other cells that may be present in a tumor sample, for example, stromal cells and tumor-infiltrating immune cells, using methods known in the art and/or described herein.
  • a “reference sample,” “reference cell,” “reference tissue,” “control sample,” “control cell,” or “control tissue,” as used herein, refers to a sample, cell, tissue, standard, or level that is used for comparison purposes.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is obtained from a healthy and/or non-diseased part of the body (e.g., tissue or cells) of the same subject or individual.
  • the reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue may be healthy and/or non-diseased cells or tissue adjacent to the diseased cells or tissue (e.g., cells or tissue adjacent to a tumor).
  • a reference sample is obtained from an untreated tissue and/or cell of the body of the same subject or individual.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is obtained from a healthy and/or non-diseased part of the body (e.g., tissues or cells) of an individual who is not the subject or individual.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is obtained from an untreated tissue and/or cell of the body of an individual who is not the subject or individual.
  • a “section” of a tissue sample is meant a single part or piece of a tissue sample, for example, a thin slice of tissue or cells cut from a tissue sample (e.g., a tumor sample). It is to be understood that multiple sections of tissue samples may be taken and subjected to analysis, provided that it is understood that the same section of tissue sample may be analyzed at both morphological and molecular levels, or analyzed with respect to polypeptides (e.g., by immunohistochemistry) and/or polynucleotides (e.g., by in situ hybridization).
  • polypeptides e.g., by immunohistochemistry
  • polynucleotides e.g., by in situ hybridization
  • correlate or “correlating” is meant comparing, in any way, the performance and/or results of a first analysis or protocol with the performance and/or results of a second analysis or protocol. For example, one may use the results of a first analysis or protocol in carrying out a second protocol and/or one may use the results of a first analysis or protocol to determine whether a second analysis or protocol should be performed. With respect to the embodiment of polypeptide analysis or protocol, one may use the results of the polypeptide expression analysis or protocol to determine whether a specific therapeutic regimen should be performed. With respect to the embodiment of polynucleotide analysis or protocol, one may use the results of the polynucleotide expression analysis or protocol to determine whether a specific therapeutic regimen should be performed.
  • “Individual response” or “response” can be assessed using any endpoint indicating a benefit to the individual, including, without limitation, (1) inhibition, to some extent, of disease progression (e.g., cancer progression), including slowing down or complete arrest; (2) a reduction in tumor size; (3) inhibition (i.e., reduction, slowing down, or complete stopping) of cancer cell infiltration into adjacent peripheral organs and/or tissues; (4) inhibition (i.e. reduction, slowing down, or complete stopping) of metatasis; (5) relief, to some extent, of one or more symptoms associated with the disease or disorder (e.g., cancer); (6) increase or extension in the length of survival, including overall survival and progression free survival; and/or (7) decreased mortality at a given point of time following treatment.
  • disease progression e.g., cancer progression
  • a reduction in tumor size i.e., reduction, slowing down, or complete stopping
  • inhibition i.e. reduction, slowing down, or complete stopping
  • metatasis metatasis
  • an “effective response” of a patient or a patient's “responsiveness” to treatment with a medicament and similar wording refers to the clinical or therapeutic benefit imparted to a patient at risk for, or suffering from, a disease or disorder, such as cancer.
  • a disease or disorder such as cancer.
  • such benefit includes any one or more of: extending survival (including overall survival and/or progression-free survival); resulting in an objective response (including a complete response or a partial response); or improving signs or symptoms of cancer.
  • the biomarker e.g., PD-L1 expression in tumor-infiltrating immune cells, for example, as determined using IHC
  • a medicament e.g., treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody
  • the biomarker e.g., PD-L1 expression in tumor-infiltrating immune cells, for example, as determined using IHC
  • a medicament e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibody
  • the presence of the biomarker is used to identify a patient who is more likely to respond to treatment with a medicament, relative to a patient that does not have the presence of the biomarker.
  • the presence of the biomarker is used to determine that a patient will have an increased likelihood of benefit from treatment with a medicament, relative to a patient that does not have the presence of the biomarker.
  • An “objective response” refers to a measurable response, including complete response (CR) or partial response (PR).
  • the “objective response rate (ORR)” refers to the sum of complete response (CR) rate and partial response (PR) rate.
  • sustained response refers to the sustained effect on reducing tumor growth after cessation of a treatment.
  • the tumor size may be the same size or smaller as compared to the size at the beginning of the medicament administration phase.
  • the sustained response has a duration at least the same as the treatment duration, at least 1.5 ⁇ , 2.0 ⁇ , 2.5 ⁇ , or 3.0 ⁇ length of the treatment duration, or longer.
  • reducing or inhibiting cancer relapse means to reduce or inhibit tumor or cancer relapse or tumor or cancer progression.
  • cancer relapse and/or cancer progression include, without limitation, cancer metastasis.
  • partial response refers to a decrease in the size of one or more tumors or lesions, or in the extent of cancer in the body, in response to treatment.
  • PR refers to at least a 30% decrease in the sum of the longest diameters (SLD) of target lesions, taking as reference the baseline SLD.
  • stable disease or “SD” refers to neither sufficient shrinkage of target lesions to qualify for PR, nor sufficient increase to qualify for PD, taking as reference the smallest SLD since the treatment started.
  • PD progressive disease
  • progression-free survival refers to the length of time during and after treatment during which the disease being treated (e.g., cancer) does not get worse. Progression-free survival may include the amount of time patients have experienced a complete response or a partial response, as well as the amount of time patients have experienced stable disease.
  • OS all survival
  • extending survival is meant increasing overall or progression-free survival in a treated patient relative to an untreated patient (i.e. relative to a patient not treated with the medicament), or relative to a patient who does not express a biomarker at the designated level, and/or relative to a patient treated with an anti-tumor agent.
  • substantially the same denotes a sufficiently high degree of similarity between two numeric values, such that one of skill in the art would consider the difference between the two values to be of little or no biological and/or statistical significance within the context of the biological characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values or expression levels).
  • the difference between said two values is, for example, less than about 50%, less than about 40%, less than about 30%, less than about 20%, and/or less than about 10%, as a function of the reference/comparator value.
  • substantially different denotes a sufficiently high degree of difference between two numeric values such that one of skill in the art would consider the difference between the two values to be of statistical significance within the context of the biological characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values or expression levels).
  • the difference between said two values is, for example, greater than about 10%, greater than about 20%, greater than about 30%, greater than about 40%, and/or greater than about 50%, as a function of the value for the reference/comparator molecule.
  • label when used herein refers to a compound or composition that is conjugated or fused directly or indirectly to a reagent such as a polynucleotide probe or an antibody and facilitates detection of the reagent to which it is conjugated or fused.
  • the label may itself be detectable (e.g., radioisotope labels or fluorescent labels) or, in the case of an enzymatic label, may catalyze chemical alteration of a substrate compound or composition which is detectable.
  • the term is intended to encompass direct labeling of a probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with another reagent that is directly labeled. Examples of indirect labeling include detection of a primary antibody using a fluorescently-labeled secondary antibody and end-labeling of a DNA probe with biotin such that it can be detected with fluorescently-labeled streptavidin.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent to treat or prevent a disease or disorder in a mammal.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the therapeutic agent may reduce the number of cancer cells; reduce the primary tumor size; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) cancer cell infiltration into peripheral organs; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) tumor metastasis; inhibit, to some extent, tumor growth; and/or relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder.
  • the drug may prevent growth and/or kill existing cancer cells, it may be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic.
  • efficacy in vivo can, for example, be measured by assessing the duration of survival, time to disease progression (TTP), response rates (e.g., CR and PR), duration of response, and/or quality of life.
  • a “disorder” is any condition that would benefit from treatment including, but not limited to, chronic and acute disorders or diseases including those pathological conditions which predispose the mammal to the disorder in question.
  • cancer and “cancerous” refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth. Included in this definition are benign and malignant cancers.
  • head stage cancer or “early stage tumor” is meant a cancer that is not invasive or metastatic or is classified as a Stage 0, 1, or 2 cancer.
  • cancer examples include, but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma (including medulloblastoma and retinoblastoma), sarcoma (including liposarcoma and synovial cell sarcoma), neuroendocrine tumors (including carcinoid tumors, gastrinoma, and islet cell cancer), mesothelioma, schwannoma (including acoustic neuroma), meningioma, adenocarcinoma, melanoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies.
  • carcinoma including lymphoma, blastoma (including medulloblastoma and retinoblastoma)
  • sarcoma including liposarcoma and synovial cell sarcoma
  • neuroendocrine tumors including carcinoid tumors, gastrinoma, and islet cell cancer
  • mesothelioma including schwannoma (including a
  • bladder cancer e.g., urothelial bladder cancer (e.g., transitional cell or urothelial carcinoma, non-muscle invasive bladder cancer, muscle-invasive bladder cancer, and metastatic bladder cancer) and non-urothelial bladder cancer
  • squamous cell cancer e.g., epithelial squamous cell cancer
  • lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer (SCLC), non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer (including metastatic breast cancer), colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma,
  • the cancer is triple-negative metastatic breast cancer, including any histologically confirmed triple-negative (ER ⁇ , PR ⁇ , HER2 ⁇ ) adenocarcinoma of the breast with locally recurrent or metastatic disease (where the locally recurrent disease is not amenable to resection with curative intent).
  • the cancer is bladder cancer.
  • the bladder cancer is urothelial bladder cancer.
  • tumor refers to all neoplastic cell growth and proliferation, whether malignant or benign, and all pre-cancerous and cancerous cells and tissues.
  • cancer cancer
  • cancer cancerous
  • tumor tumor necrosis factor
  • pharmaceutical formulation refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein to be effective, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to a subject to which the formulation would be administered.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical formulation, other than an active ingredient, which is nontoxic to a subject.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes, but is not limited to, a buffer, excipient, stabilizer, or preservative.
  • treatment refers to clinical intervention in an attempt to alter the natural course of the individual being treated, and can be performed either for prophylaxis or during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of treatment include, but are not limited to, preventing occurrence or recurrence of disease, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect pathological consequences of the disease, preventing metastasis, decreasing the rate of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis.
  • antibodies e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies and/or anti-PD-1 antibodies
  • anti-cancer therapy refers to a therapy useful in treating cancer.
  • anti-cancer therapeutic agents include, but are limited to, cytotoxic agents, chemotherapeutic agents, growth inhibitory agents, agents used in radiation therapy, anti-angiogenesis agents, apoptotic agents, anti-tubulin agents, and other agents to treat cancer, for example, anti-CD20 antibodies, platelet derived growth factor inhibitors (e.g., GLEEVECTM (imatinib mesylate)), a COX-2 inhibitor (e.g., celecoxib), interferons, cytokines, antagonists (e.g., neutralizing antibodies) that bind to one or more of the following targets PDGFR- ⁇ , BlyS, APRIL, BCMA receptor(s), TRAIL/Apo2, other bioactive and organic chemical agents, and the like. Combinations thereof are also included in the invention.
  • cytotoxic agent refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents the function of cells and/or causes destruction of cells.
  • the term is intended to include radioactive isotopes (e.g., At 211 , I 131 , I 125 , Y 90 , Re 198 , Re 188 , Sm 153 , Bi 212 , P 32 , and radioactive isotopes of Lu), chemotherapeutic agents, e.g., methotrexate, adriamicin, vinca alkaloids (vincristine, vinblastine, etoposide), doxorubicin, melphalan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil, daunorubicin or other intercalating agents, enzymes and fragments thereof such as nucleolytic enzymes, antibiotics, and toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments and/or variants thereof, and
  • chemotherapeutic agent is a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer.
  • examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and CYTOXAN® cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (dronabinol, MARINOL@); beta-lapachone; lapachol; colchicines; betulinic acid; a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topote
  • dynemicin including dynemicin A; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antiobiotic chromophores, aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN® doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin
  • “Chemotherapeutic agents” also include “anti-hormonal agents” or “endocrine therapeutics” that act to regulate, reduce, block, or inhibit the effects of hormones that can promote the growth of cancer, and are often in the form of systemic, or whole-body treatment. They may be hormones themselves.
  • anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators include, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX® tamoxifen), EVISTA® raloxifene, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY117018, onapristone, and FARESTON® toremifene; anti-progesterones; estrogen receptor down-regulators (ERDs); agents that function to suppress or shut down the ovaries, for example, leutinizing hormone-releasing hormone (LHRH) agonists such as LUPRON® and ELIGARD® leuprolide acetate, goserelin acetate, buserelin acetate and tripterelin; other anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide and bicalutamide; and aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the
  • SERMs selective
  • chemotherapeutic agents includes bisphosphonates such as clodronate (for example, BONEFOS® or OSTAC®), DIDROCAL@etidronate, NE-58095, ZOMETA® zoledronic acid/zoledronate, FOSAMAX® alendronate, AREDIA® pamidronate, SKELID® tiludronate, or ACTONEL® risedronate; as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine analog); antisense oligonucleotides, particularly those that inhibit expression of genes in signaling pathways implicated in abherant cell proliferation, such as, for example, PKC-alpha, Raf, H-Ras, and epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR); vaccines such as THERATOPE® vaccine and gene therapy vaccines, for example, ALLOVECTIN® vaccine, LEUVECTIN® vaccine, and VAXID® vaccine; LURTOTECAN® topo
  • Chemotherapeutic agents also include antibodies such as alemtuzumab (Campath), bevacizumab (AVASTIN®, Genentech); cetuximab (ERBITUX®, Imclone); panitumumab (VECTIBIX®, Amgen), rituximab (RITUXAN®, Genentech/Biogen Idec), pertuzumab (OMNITARG®, 2C4, Genentech), trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN®, Genentech), tositumomab (Bexxar, Corixia), and the antibody drug conjugate, gemtuzumab ozogamicin (MYLOTARG®, Wyeth).
  • antibodies such as alemtuzumab (Campath), bevacizumab (AVASTIN®, Genentech); cetuximab (ERBITUX®, Imclone); panitumumab (VECTIBIX®, Amgen), rituximab
  • Additional humanized monoclonal antibodies with therapeutic potential as agents in combination with the compounds of the invention include: apolizumab, aselizumab, atlizumab, bapineuzumab, bivatuzumab mertansine, cantuzumab mertansine, cedelizumab, certolizumab pegol, cidfusituzumab, cidtuzumab, daclizumab, eculizumab, efalizumab, epratuzumab, erlizumab, felvizumab, fontolizumab, gemtuzumab ozogamicin, inotuzumab ozogamicin, ipilimumab, labetuzumab, lintuzumab, matuzumab, mepolizumab, motavizumab, motovizumab, natalizumab, nimotuzumab, nolovizum
  • Chemotherapeutic agents also include “EGFR inhibitors,” which refers to compounds that bind to or otherwise interact directly with EGFR and prevent or reduce its signaling activity, and is alternatively referred to as an “EGFR antagonist.”
  • EGFR inhibitors refers to compounds that bind to or otherwise interact directly with EGFR and prevent or reduce its signaling activity
  • Examples of such agents include antibodies and small molecules that bind to EGFR.
  • antibodies which bind to EGFR include MAb 579 (ATCC CRL HB 8506), MAb 455 (ATCC CRL HB8507), MAb 225 (ATCC CRL 8508), MAb 528 (ATCC CRL 8509) (see, U.S. Pat. No.
  • EMD 55900 Stragliotto et al. Eur. J. Cancer 32A:636-640 (1996)
  • EMD7200 (matuzumab) a humanized EGFR antibody directed against EGFR that competes with both EGF and TGF-alpha for EGFR binding
  • human EGFR antibody HuMax-EGFR (GenMab)
  • fully human antibodies known as E1.1, E2.4, E2.5, E6.2, E6.4, E2.11, E6.3, and E7.6. 3 and described in U.S. Pat. No.
  • the anti-EGFR antibody may be conjugated with a cytotoxic agent, thus generating an immunoconjugate (see, e.g., EP 659,439A2, Merck Patent GmbH).
  • EGFR antagonists include small molecules such as compounds described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • EGFR antagonists include OSI-774 (CP-358774, erlotinib, TARCEVA® Genentech/OSI Pharmaceuticals); PD 183805 (Cl 1033, 2-propenamide, N-[4-[(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-[3-(4-morpholinyl)propoxy]-6-quinazolinyl]-, dihydrochloride, Pfizer Inc.); ZD1839, gefitinib (IRESSA®) 4-(3′-Chloro-4′-fluoroanilino)-7-methoxy-6-(3-morpholinopropoxy)quinazoline, AstraZeneca); ZM 105180 ((6-amino-4-(3-methylphenyl-amino)-quinazoline, Zeneca); BIBX-1382 (N8-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-N2-(1-methyl-pipe
  • Chemotherapeutic agents also include “tyrosine kinase inhibitors” including the EGFR-targeted drugs noted in the preceding paragraph; small molecule HER2 tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as TAK165 available from Takeda; CP-724,714, an oral selective inhibitor of the ErbB2 receptor tyrosine kinase (Pfizer and OSI); dual-HER inhibitors such as EKB-569 (available from Wyeth) which preferentially binds EGFR but inhibits both HER2 and EGFR-overexpressing cells; lapatinib (GSK572016; available from Glaxo-SmithKline), an oral HER2 and EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor; PKI-166 (available from Novartis); pan-HER inhibitors such as canertinib (Cl-1033; Pharmacia); Raf-1 inhibitors such as antisense agent ISIS-5132 available from ISIS Pharmaceuticals which inhibit Raf-1 signaling; non-HER
  • Chemotherapeutic agents also include dexamethasone, interferons, colchicine, metoprine, cyclosporine, amphotericin, metronidazole, alemtuzumab, alitretinoin, allopurinol, amifostine, arsenic trioxide, asparaginase, BCG live, bevacuzimab, bexarotene, cladribine, clofarabine, darbepoetin alfa, denileukin, dexrazoxane, epoetin alfa, elotinib, filgrastim, histrelin acetate, ibritumomab, interferon alfa-2a, interferon alfa-2b, lenalidomide, levamisole, mesna, methoxsalen, nandrolone, nelarabine, nofetumomab, oprelvekin,
  • Chemotherapeutic agents also include hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone acetate, cortisone acetate, tixocortol pivalate, triamcinolone acetonide, triamcinolone alcohol, mometasone, amcinonide, budesonide, desonide, fluocinonide, fluocinolone acetonide, betamethasone, betamethasone sodium phosphate, dexamethasone, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, fluocortolone, hydrocortisone-17-butyrate, hydrocortisone-17-valerate, aclometasone dipropionate, betamethasone valerate, betamethasone dipropionate, prednicarbate, clobetasone-17-butyrate, clobetasol-17-propionate, fluocortolone caproate, fluocortolone pivalate and fluprednidene acetate; immune selective
  • prodrug refers to a precursor or derivative form of a pharmaceutically active substance that is less cytotoxic to tumor cells compared to the parent drug and is capable of being enzymatically activated or converted into the more active parent form. See, for example, Wilman, “Prodrugs in Cancer Chemotherapy” Biochemical Society Transactions, 14, pp. 375-382, 615th Meeting Harbor (1986) and Stella et al., “Prodrugs: A Chemical Approach to Targeted Drug Delivery,” Directed Drug Delivery , Borchardt et al., (ed.), pp. 247-267, Humana Press (1985).
  • the prodrugs of this invention include, but are not limited to, phosphate-containing prodrugs, thiophosphate-containing prodrugs, sulfate-containing prodrugs, peptide-containing prodrugs, D-amino acid-modified prodrugs, glycosylated prodrugs, ⁇ -lactam-containing prodrugs, optionally substituted phenoxyacetamide-containing prodrugs or optionally substituted phenylacetamide-containing prodrugs, 5-fluorocytosine and other 5-fluorouridine prodrugs which can be converted into the more active cytotoxic free drug.
  • cytotoxic drugs that can be derivatized into a prodrug form for use in this invention include, but are not limited to, those chemotherapeutic agents described above.
  • a “growth inhibitory agent” when used herein refers to a compound or composition which inhibits growth and/or proliferation of a cell (e.g., a cell whose growth is dependent on PD-L1 expression) either in vitro or in vivo.
  • the growth inhibitory agent may be one which significantly reduces the percentage of cells in S phase.
  • growth inhibitory agents include agents that block cell cycle progression (at a place other than S phase), such as agents that induce G1 arrest and M-phase arrest.
  • Classical M-phase blockers include the vincas (vincristine and vinblastine), taxanes, and topoisomerase II inhibitors such as the anthracycline antibiotic doxorubicin ((8S-cis)-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy- ⁇ -L-lyxo-hexapyranosyl)oxy]-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-8-(hydroxyacetyl)-1-methoxy-5,12-naphthacenedione), epirubicin, daunorubicin, etoposide, and bleomycin.
  • vincas vincristine and vinblastine
  • topoisomerase II inhibitors such as the anthracycline antibiotic doxorubicin ((8S-cis)-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy- ⁇ -L-lyxo-hexapyranosyl)oxy]-7,8,9
  • DNA alkylating agents such as tamoxifen, prednisone, dacarbazine, mechlorethamine, cisplatin, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, and ara-C.
  • DNA alkylating agents such as tamoxifen, prednisone, dacarbazine, mechlorethamine, cisplatin, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, and ara-C.
  • DNA alkylating agents such as tamoxifen, prednisone, dacarbazine, mechlorethamine, cisplatin, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, and ara-C.
  • Docetaxel (TAXOTERE®, Rhone-Poulenc Rorer), derived from the European yew, is a semisynthetic analogue of paclitaxel (TAXOL®, Bristol-Myers Squibb). Paclitaxel and docetaxel promote the assembly of microtubules from tubulin dimers and stabilize microtubules by preventing depolymerization, which results in the inhibition of mitosis in cells.
  • radiation therapy is meant the use of directed gamma rays or beta rays to induce sufficient damage to a cell so as to limit its ability to function normally or to destroy the cell altogether. It will be appreciated that there will be many ways known in the art to determine the dosage and duration of treatment. Typical treatments are given as a one-time administration and typical dosages range from 10 to 200 units (Grays) per day.
  • the terms “patient” or “subject” are used interchangeably and refer to any single animal, more preferably a mammal (including such non-human animals as, for example, dogs, cats, horses, rabbits, zoo animals, cows, pigs, sheep, and non-human primates) for which treatment is desired.
  • the patient herein is a human.
  • administering is meant a method of giving a dosage of a compound (e.g., an antagonist) or a pharmaceutical composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition including an antagonist) to a subject (e.g., a patient).
  • Administering can be by any suitable means, including parenteral, intrapulmonary, and intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration.
  • Parenteral infusions include, for example, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration.
  • Dosing can be by any suitable route, e.g., by injections, such as intravenous or subcutaneous injections, depending in part on whether the administration is brief or chronic.
  • Various dosing schedules including but not limited to single or multiple administrations over various time-points, bolus administration, and pulse infusion are contemplated herein.
  • concurrent administration includes a dosing regimen when the administration of one or more agent(s) continues after discontinuing the administration of one or more other agent(s).
  • Reduce or inhibit is meant the ability to cause an overall decrease of 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or greater.
  • Reduce or inhibit can refer, for example, to the symptoms of the disorder being treated, the presence or size of metastases, or the size of the primary tumor.
  • package insert is used to refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products, that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, combination therapy, contraindications, and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products.
  • a “sterile” formulation is aseptic or free from all living microorganisms and their spores.
  • An “article of manufacture” is any manufacture (e.g., a package or container) or kit comprising at least one reagent, e.g., a medicament for treatment of a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer), or a probe for specifically detecting a biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) described herein.
  • the manufacture or kit is promoted, distributed, or sold as a unit for performing the methods described herein.
  • the phrase “based on” when used herein means that the information about one or more biomarkers is used to inform a treatment decision, information provided on a package insert, or marketing/promotional guidance, etc.
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer, e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer (UBC)
  • UBC urothelial bladder cancer
  • methods for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a cancer e.g., UBC
  • methods for selecting a therapy for a patient suffering from a cancer e.g., UBC).
  • any of the preceding methods may be based on the expression level of a biomarker provided herein, for example, PD-L1 expression in a tumor sample, e.g., in tumor-infiltrating immune cells. Any of the methods may further be based on the determination of a tumor sample subtype. Any of the methods may further include administering to the patient a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist (for example, as described in Section D, below) to the patient. Any of the methods may further include administering an effective amount of a second therapeutic agent to the patient.
  • a biomarker provided herein, for example, PD-L1 expression in a tumor sample, e.g., in tumor-infiltrating immune cells. Any of the methods may further be based on the determination of a tumor sample subtype. Any of the methods may further include administering to the patient a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist (for example, as described in Section D, below) to the patient. Any of the methods may further include administering an effective amount of a
  • the invention provides a method for determining whether a patient suffering from a bladder cancer is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, the method comprising determining the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in a tumor sample obtained from the patient, wherein a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 5% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 10% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the invention further provides a method for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a bladder cancer to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, the method comprising determining the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in a tumor sample obtained from the patient, wherein a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axi
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 5% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 10% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the invention yet also provides a method for selecting a therapy for a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising determining the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in a tumor sample obtained from the patient, and selecting a therapy comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist for the patient based on a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor sample.
  • the method includes selecting a therapy comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist based on a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample.
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 5% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the method includes selecting a therapy comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist based on a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 10% or more of the tumor sample.
  • the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 65% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, or about 90% or more) of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample obtained from the patient.
  • about 45% or more about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 65% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, or about 90% or more
  • the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 1% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 5% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In other instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 10% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 15% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In yet other instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 20% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample.
  • the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 25% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 30% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 35% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 40% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 50% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample.
  • the method may further include administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist based on the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in the tumor sample.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be any PD-L1 axis binding antagonist known in the art or described herein, for example, in Section D, below.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is selected from the group consisting of a PD-L1 binding antagonist, a PD-1 binding antagonist, and a PD-L2 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-L1 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to one or more of its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to PD-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to B7-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to both PD-1 and B7-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist is an antibody.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of: YW243.55.S70, MPDL3280A (atezolizumab), MDX-1105, MEDI4736 (durvalumab), and MSB0010718C (avelumab).
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:19, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:20, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:21; and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:22, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:23, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-1 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to one or more of its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L1.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L2.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to both PD-L1 and PD-L2.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an antibody.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of: MDX 1106 (nivolumab), MK-3475 (pembrolizumab), CT-011 (pidilizumab), MEDI-0680 (AMP-514). PDR001, REGN2810, and BGB-108.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an Fc-fusion protein.
  • the Fc-fusion protein is AMP-224.
  • the method further includes administering to the patient an effective amount of a second therapeutic agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a cytotoxic agent, a growth-inhibitory agent, a radiation therapy agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, and combinations thereof.
  • the bladder cancer may be an urothelial bladder cancer, including but not limited to a non-muscle invasive urothelial bladder cancer, a muscle-invasive urothelial bladder cancer, or a metastatic urothelial bladder cancer.
  • the urothelial bladder cancer is a metastatic urothelial bladder cancer.
  • Presence and/or expression levels/amount of a biomarker can be determined qualitatively and/or quantitatively based on any suitable criterion known in the art, including but not limited to DNA, mRNA, cDNA, proteins, protein fragments, and/or gene copy number.
  • the sample obtained from the patient is selected from the group consisting of tissue, whole blood, plasma, serum, and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a tissue sample.
  • the tissue sample is a tumor sample.
  • the tumor sample comprises tumor-infiltrating immune cells, tumor cells, stromal cells, or any combinations thereof.
  • the tumor sample may be a formalin-fixed and paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tumor sample, an archival tumor sample, a fresh tumor sample, or a frozen tumor sample.
  • FFPE formalin-fixed and paraffin-embedded
  • the method may include determining the presence and/or expression level of an additional biomarker.
  • the additional biomarker is a biomarker described in WO 2014/151006, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the additional biomarker is selected from circulating Ki-67+CD8+ T cells, interferon gamma, MCP-1, or a myeloid cell-related gene.
  • the myeloid-cell related gene is selected from IL18, CCL2, and IL1B.
  • the presence and/or expression level/amount of various biomarkers described herein in a sample can be analyzed by a number of methodologies, many of which are known in the art and understood by the skilled artisan, including, but not limited to, immunohistochemistry (“IHC”), Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation, molecular binding assays, ELISA, ELIFA, fluorescence activated cell sorting (“FACS”), MassARRAY, proteomics, quantitative blood based assays (e.g., Serum ELISA), biochemical enzymatic activity assays, in situ hybridization, fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), Southern analysis, Northern analysis, whole genome sequencing, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) including quantitative real time PCR (qRT-PCR) and other amplification type detection methods, such as, for example, branched DNA, SISBA, TMA and the like, RNA-Seq, microarray analysis, gene expression profiling, and/or serial analysis of gene expression (“SAGE”), as well as any
  • Typical protocols for evaluating the status of genes and gene products are found, for example in Ausubel et al., eds., 1995 , Current Protocols In Molecular Biology , Units 2 (Northern Blotting), 4 (Southern Blotting), 15 (Immunoblotting) and 18 (PCR Analysis). Multiplexed immunoassays such as those available from Rules Based Medicine or Meso Scale Discovery (“MSD”) may also be used.
  • MSD Meso Scale Discovery
  • the presence and/or expression level/amount of a biomarker is measured by determining protein expression levels of the biomarker.
  • the method comprises contacting the biological sample with antibodies that specifically bind to a biomarker (e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies) described herein under conditions permissive for binding of the biomarker, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the antibodies and biomarker.
  • a biomarker e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies
  • Such method may be an in vitro or in vivo method.
  • an antibody is used to select subjects eligible for therapy with a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, e.g., a biomarker for selection of individuals.
  • a protein expression level of a biomarker is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of flow cytometry (e.g., fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACSTM)), Western blot, enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA), immunoprecipitation, immunohistochemistry (IHC), immunofluorescence, radioimmunoassay, dot blotting, immunodetection methods, HPLC, surface plasmon resonance, optical spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, and HPLC.
  • flow cytometry e.g., fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACSTM)
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay
  • IHC immunohistochemistry
  • IHC immunohistochemistry
  • the protein expression level of the biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor-infiltrating immune cells. In some instances, the protein expression level of the biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor cells. In some instances, the protein expression level of the biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor-infiltrating immune cells and/or in tumor cells.
  • the presence and/or expression level/amount of a biomarker protein (e.g., PD-L1) in a sample is examined using IHC and staining protocols.
  • IHC staining of tissue sections has been shown to be a reliable method of determining or detecting the presence of proteins in a sample.
  • the biomarker is PD-L1.
  • expression level of biomarker is determined using a method comprising: (a) performing IHC analysis of a sample (such as a tumor sample obtained from a patient) with an antibody; and (b) determining expression level of a biomarker in the sample.
  • IHC staining intensity is determined relative to a reference.
  • the reference is a reference value.
  • the reference is a reference sample (e.g., a control cell line staining sample, a tissue sample from non-cancerous patient, or a PD-L1-negative tumor sample).
  • IHC may be performed in combination with additional techniques such as morphological staining and/or in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH).
  • additional techniques such as morphological staining and/or in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH).
  • FISH in situ hybridization
  • Two general methods of IHC are available; direct and indirect assays.
  • binding of antibody to the target antigen is determined directly.
  • This direct assay uses a labeled reagent, such as a fluorescent tag or an enzyme-labeled primary antibody, which can be visualized without further antibody interaction.
  • unconjugated primary antibody binds to the antigen and then a labeled secondary antibody binds to the primary antibody.
  • a chromogenic or fluorogenic substrate is added to provide visualization of the antigen.
  • Signal amplification occurs because several secondary antibodies may react with different epitopes on the primary antibody.
  • the primary and/or secondary antibody used for IHC typically will be labeled with a detectable moiety.
  • Numerous labels are available which can be generally grouped into the following categories: (a) radioisotopes, such as 35 S, 14 C, 125 I, 3 H, and 131 I; (b) colloidal gold particles; (c) fluorescent labels including, but are not limited to, rare earth chelates (europium chelates), Texas Red, rhodamine, fluorescein, dansyl, lissamine, umbelliferone, phycocrytherin, phycocyanin, or commercially-available fluorophores such as SPECTRUM ORANGE7 and SPECTRUM GREEN7 and/or derivatives of any one or more of the above; (d) various enzyme-substrate labels are available and U.S.
  • enzymatic labels include luciferases (e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luciferase; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
  • luciferin 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones, malate dehydrogenase, urease, peroxidase such as horseradish peroxidase (HRPO), alkaline phosphatase, ⁇ -galactosidase, glucoamylase, lysozyme, saccharide oxidases (e.g., glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase), heterocyclic oxidases (such as uricase and xanthine oxidase), lactoperoxidase, microperoxidase, and the like.
  • HRPO horseradish peroxidase
  • alkaline phosphatase alkaline phosphatase
  • ⁇ -galactosidase glucoamylase
  • lysozyme saccharide oxidases
  • glucose oxidase galactose oxidas
  • enzyme-substrate combinations include, for example, horseradish peroxidase (HRPO) with hydrogen peroxidase as a substrate; alkaline phosphatase (AP) with para-Nitrophenyl phosphate as chromogenic substrate; and ⁇ -D-galactosidase ( ⁇ -D-Gal) with a chromogenic substrate (e.g., p-nitrophenyl- ⁇ -D-galactosidase) or fluorogenic substrate (e.g., 4-methylumbelliferyl- ⁇ -D-galactosidase).
  • HRPO horseradish peroxidase
  • AP alkaline phosphatase
  • ⁇ -D-galactosidase ⁇ -D-Gal
  • a chromogenic substrate e.g., p-nitrophenyl- ⁇ -D-galactosidase
  • fluorogenic substrate e.g., 4-methylumbelliferyl- ⁇ -D-gal
  • Specimens may be prepared, for example, manually, or using an automated staining instrument (e.g., a Ventana BenchMark XT or Benchmark ULTRA instrument; see, e.g., Example 1 below). Specimens thus prepared may be mounted and coverslipped. Slide evaluation is then determined, for example, using a microscope, and staining intensity criteria, routinely used in the art, may be employed. In one instance, it is to be understood that when cells and/or tissue from a tumor is examined using IHC, staining is generally determined or assessed in tumor cell(s) and/or tissue (as opposed to stromal or surrounding tissue that may be present in the sample).
  • an automated staining instrument e.g., a Ventana BenchMark XT or Benchmark ULTRA instrument; see, e.g., Example 1 below.
  • Slide evaluation is then determined, for example, using a microscope, and staining intensity criteria, routinely used in the art, may be employed.
  • staining is generally determined or
  • staining includes determining or assessing in tumor-infiltrating immune cells, including intratumoral or peritumoral immune cells.
  • a biomarker e.g., PD-L1
  • IHC in >0% of the sample, in at least 1% of the sample, in at least 5% of the sample, in at least 10% of the sample, in at least 15% of the sample, in at least 15% of the sample, in at least 20% of the sample, in at least 25% of the sample, in at least 30% of the sample, in at least 35% of the sample, in at least 40% of the sample, in at least 45% of the sample, in at least 50% of the sample, in at least 55% of the sample, in at least 60% of the sample, in at least 65% of the sample, in at least 70% of the sample, in at least 75% of the sample, in at least 80% of the sample, in at least 85% of the sample, in at least 90%
  • PD-L1 is detected by immunohistochemistry using an anti-PD-L1 diagnostic antibody (i.e., primary antibody).
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody specifically binds human PD-L1.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is a non-human antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is a rat, mouse, or rabbit antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is a rabbit antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is directly labeled. In other instances, the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is indirectly labeled.
  • the expression level of PD-L1 is detected in tumor-infiltrating immune cells, tumor cells, or combinations thereof using IHC.
  • Tumor-infiltrating immune cells include, but are not limited to, intratumoral immune cells, peritumoral immune cells or any combinations thereof, and other tumor stroma cells (e.g., fibroblasts).
  • Such tumor infiltrating immune cells may be T lymphocytes (such as CD8+ T lymphocytes and/or CD4+ T lymphocytes), B lymphocytes, or other bone marrow-lineage cells including granulocytes (neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils), monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells (e.g., interdigitating dendritic cells), histiocytes, and natural killer cells.
  • the staining for PD-L1 is detected as membrane staining, cytoplasmic staining and combinations thereof. In other instances, the absence of PD-L1 is detected as absent or no staining in the sample.
  • the expression level of a biomarker may be a nucleic acid expression level.
  • the nucleic acid expression level is determined using qPCR, rtPCR, RNA-seq, multiplex qPCR or RT-qPCR, microarray analysis, SAGE, MassARRAY technique, or in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH).
  • the expression level of a biomarker e.g., PD-L1 is determined in tumor cells, tumor infiltrating immune cells, stromal cells, or combinations thereof.
  • the expression level of a biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor-infiltrating immune cells.
  • the expression level of a biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor cells.
  • Methods for the evaluation of mRNAs in cells include, for example, hybridization assays using complementary DNA probes (such as in situ hybridization using labeled riboprobes specific for the one or more genes, Northern blot and related techniques) and various nucleic acid amplification assays (such as RT-PCR using complementary primers specific for one or more of the genes, and other amplification type detection methods, such as, for example, branched DNA, SISBA, TMA and the like).
  • such methods can include one or more steps that allow one to determine the levels of target mRNA in a biological sample (e.g., by simultaneously examining the levels a comparative control mRNA sequence of a “housekeeping” gene such as an actin family member).
  • the sequence of the amplified target cDNA can be determined.
  • Optional methods include protocols which examine or detect mRNAs, such as target mRNAs, in a tissue or cell sample by microarray technologies. Using nucleic acid microarrays, test and control mRNA samples from test and control tissue samples are reverse transcribed and labeled to generate cDNA probes. The probes are then hybridized to an array of nucleic acids immobilized on a solid support. The array is configured such that the sequence and position of each member of the array is known. For example, a selection of genes whose expression correlates with increased or reduced clinical benefit of treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be arrayed on a solid support. Hybridization of a labeled probe with a particular array member indicates that the sample from which the probe was derived expresses that gene.
  • the presence and/or expression levels/amount of a biomarker in a first sample is increased or elevated as compared to presence/absence and/or expression levels/amount in a second sample.
  • the presence/absence and/or expression levels/amount of a biomarker in a first sample is decreased or reduced as compared to presence and/or expression levels/amount in a second sample.
  • the second sample is a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue. Additional disclosures for determining the presence/absence and/or expression levels/amount of a gene are described herein.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is a single sample or a combination of multiple samples from the same subject or individual that are obtained at one or more different time points than when the test sample is obtained.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is obtained at an earlier time point from the same subject or individual than when the test sample is obtained.
  • Such reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue may be useful if the reference sample is obtained during initial diagnosis of cancer and the test sample is later obtained when the cancer becomes metastatic.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is a combination of multiple samples from one or more healthy individuals who are not the patient.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is a combination of multiple samples from one or more individuals with a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) who are not the subject or individual.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is pooled RNA samples from normal tissues or pooled plasma or serum samples from one or more individuals who are not the patient.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is pooled RNA samples from tumor tissues or pooled plasma or serum samples from one or more individuals with a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) who are not the patient.
  • a disease or disorder e.g., cancer
  • elevated or increased expression refers to an overall increase of about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or greater, in the level of biomarker (e.g., protein or nucleic acid (e.g., gene or mRNA)), detected by standard art-known methods such as those described herein, as compared to a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue.
  • biomarker e.g., protein or nucleic acid (e.g., gene or mRNA)
  • the elevated expression refers to the increase in expression level/amount of a biomarker in the sample wherein the increase is at least about any of 1.5 ⁇ , 1.75 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , 4 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 6 ⁇ , 7 ⁇ , 8 ⁇ , 9 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 25 ⁇ , 50 ⁇ , 75 ⁇ , or 100 ⁇ the expression level/amount of the respective biomarker in a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue.
  • elevated expression refers to an overall increase of greater than about 1.5-fold, about 1.75-fold, about 2-fold, about 2.25-fold, about 2.5-fold, about 2.75-fold, about 3.0-fold, or about 3.25-fold as compared to a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, control tissue, or internal control (e.g., housekeeping gene).
  • reduced expression refers to an overall reduction of about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or greater, in the level of biomarker (e.g., protein or nucleic acid (e.g., gene or mRNA)), detected by standard art known methods such as those described herein, as compared to a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue.
  • biomarker e.g., protein or nucleic acid (e.g., gene or mRNA)
  • reduced expression refers to the decrease in expression level/amount of a biomarker in the sample wherein the decrease is at least about any of 0.9 ⁇ , 0.8 ⁇ , 0.7 ⁇ , 0.6 ⁇ , 0.5 ⁇ , 0.4 ⁇ , 0.3 ⁇ , 0.2 ⁇ , 0.1 ⁇ , 0.05 ⁇ , or 0.01 ⁇ the expression level/amount of the respective biomarker in a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue.
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist based on an assessment of tumor subtype.
  • the invention provides a method for determining whether a patient suffering from a bladder cancer is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, the method comprising determining the subtype of a tumor from a sample of the tumor obtained from the patient, wherein a luminal subtype tumor indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the determination of a tumor sample being a luminal subtype II tumor indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of tumor subtype. In some instances, the level of one or more (e.g., 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of a luminal subtype tumor.
  • the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of a luminal subtype II tumor. In some instances, the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of whether a patient suffering from a cancer (e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)) is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)
  • an increase and/or a decrease in the level one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers in combination with a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor sample can be used to determine whether a patient suffering from a cancer (e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)
  • a cancer
  • Methods for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)) to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist based on the assessment of tumor subtype may be used individually or in combination with any of the preceding methods presented in Section A, above.
  • the invention provides a method for predicting whether a patient suffering from a bladder cancer is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, the method comprising determining the subtype of a tumor from a sample of the tumor obtained from the patient, wherein a luminal subtype tumor indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the determination of a tumor sample being a luminal subtype II tumor indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of tumor subtype.
  • the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of a luminal subtype tumor.
  • the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of a luminal subtype II tumor. In some instances, the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of whether a patient suffering from a cancer (e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)) is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)
  • an increase and/or a decrease in the level one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers in combination with a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor sample can predict whether a patient suffering from a cancer (e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)) is likely
  • Methods for selecting a therapy for a patient suffering from a cancer comprising selecting a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist based on the assessment of tumor subtype may be used individually or in combination with any of the preceding methods presented in Section A, above.
  • the method comprises determining the subtype of a tumor from a sample of the tumor obtained from the patient, wherein a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is selected based on the determination that the tumor is a luminal subtype tumor.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is selected based on the determination that the tumor is a luminal subtype II tumor.
  • the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of tumor subtype. In some instances, the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of a luminal subtype tumor.
  • the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 166) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the determination of a luminal subtype II tumor. In some instances, the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used in the selecting a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist as the appropriate therapy for a patient suffering from a cancer (e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)).
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., a UBC)
  • an increase and/or a decrease in the level one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 relative to reference levels of the biomarkers in combination with a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor sample can inform the selection of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist for a patient suffering from a cancer (e.g., a bladder), a cellular
  • the biomarkers set forth in Table 1 have been determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 65% or more, about 70% or more, about 75% or more, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, or about 90% or more) relative to reference levels of the biomarkers set forth in Table 1.
  • about 1% or more e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about
  • the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 1% or more. In some instances, the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 5% or more. In other instances, the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 10% or more. In some instances, the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 15% or more. In yet other instances, the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 20% or more. In further instances, the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 25% or more.
  • the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 30% or more. In some instances, the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 35% or more. In some instances, the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 40% or more. In some instances, the level of one or more biomarkers was determined to have increased and/or decreased by about 50% or more
  • a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be a luminal subtype tumor (e.g., a UBC luminal subtype tumor).
  • the tumor has been determined to be a luminal subtype II tumor.
  • Group A e.g., FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A
  • Group B e.g., KRT5, KRT6A, KRT14, EGFR
  • Group A e.g., FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A
  • Group C e.g., GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, E-cadherin
  • the level of expression of at least one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) biomarkers selected from Table 1, Group A (e.g., FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A) and at least one or more (e.g., 1 or 2) biomarkers selected from Table 1, Group D (e.g., ERBB2, ESR2) can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • Group A e.g., FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A
  • Group C e.g., GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, E-ca
  • the level of a biomarker is an mRNA level
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A, and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3 in combination with a decreased level of expression of at least one of KRT5, KRT6A, KRT14, and EGFR compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A, and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3 in combination with an increased level of at least one of GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, and E-cadherin compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A, and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3 in combination with an increased level of ERBB2 and/or ESR2 compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A, and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3; an increased level of at least one of GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, and E-cadherin; and an increased level of ERBB2 and/or ESR2 compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A, and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3; a decreased level of expression of at least one of KRT5, KRT6A, KRT14, and EGFR; and an increased level of ERBB2 and/or ESR2 compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A, and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3; a decreased level of expression of at least one of KRT5, KRT6A, KRT14, and EGFR; an increased level of expression of at least one of GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, and E-cadherin; and an increased level of ERBB2 and/or ESR2 compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • the level of a biomarker is an mRNA level, a protein level, and/or a microRNA (e.g., miRNA) level.
  • the expression level of at least one of CDKN2A, GATA3, FOXA1, ERBB2, FGFR3, KRT5, KRT14, EGFR, CD8A, GZMA, GZMB, IFNG, CXCL9, CXCL10, PRF1, and TBX21 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have changed about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) relative to a reference level of the at least one gene.
  • 1% or more e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or
  • the expression level of at least one of CDKN2A, GATA3, FOXA1, and ERBB2 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be increased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) relative to a reference level of the at least one gene, and/or the expression level of at least one of FGFR3, KRT5, KRT14, and EGFR in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be decreased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or
  • the expression levels of CDKN2A, GATA3, FOXA1, and ERBB2 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be increased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) relative to reference levels of the genes, and/or the expression levels of FGFR3, KRT5, KRT14, and EGFR in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be decreased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more
  • the expression levels of CDKN2A, GATA3, FOXA1, and ERBB2 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be increased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) relative to reference levels of the genes, and the expression levels of FGFR3, KRT5, KRT14, and EGFR in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be decreased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about
  • the expression level of miR-99a-5p or miR100-5p in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have changed about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) relative to reference levels of the miRNAs.
  • about 1% or more e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or
  • the expression level of miR-99a-5p or miR100-5p in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be increased relative to a reference level of the miRNA. In other instances, the expression level of miR-99a-5p or miR100-5p in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be increased relative to a reference level of the miRNA.
  • the expression levels of miR-99a-5p and miR100-5p in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be increased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) relative to reference levels of the miRNAs.
  • about 1% or more e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or
  • the expression level of at least one of CD8A, GZMA, GZMB, IFNG, CXCL9, CXCL10, PRF1, and TBX21 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be increased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) relative to a reference level of the at least one gene.
  • 1% or more e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more,
  • the expression levels of at least CXCL9 and CXCL10 in the tumor sample obtained from the patient have been determined to be increased about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) relative to reference levels of the genes.
  • the luminal subtype tumor is a luminal cluster II subtype tumor.
  • the method may further include administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist based on the expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in the tumor sample.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be any PD-L1 axis binding antagonist known in the art or described herein, for example, in Section D, below.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is selected from the group consisting of a PD-L1 binding antagonist, a PD-1 binding antagonist, and a PD-L2 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-L1 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to one or more of its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to PD-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to B7-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to both PD-1 and B7-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist is an antibody.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of: YW243.55.S70, MPDL3280A (atezolizumab), MDX-1105, MEDI4736 (durvalumab), and MSB0010718C (avelumab).
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:19, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:20, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:21; and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:22, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:23, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-1 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to one or more of its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L1.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L2.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to both PD-L1 and PD-L2.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an antibody.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of: MDX 1106 (nivolumab), MK-3475 (pembrolizumab), CT-011 (pidilizumab), MEDI-0680 (AMP-514), PDR001. REGN2810, and BGB-108.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an Fc-fusion protein.
  • the Fc-fusion protein is AMP-224.
  • the method further includes administering to the patient an effective amount of a second therapeutic agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a cytotoxic agent, a growth-inhibitory agent, a radiation therapy agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, and combinations thereof.
  • the bladder cancer may be an urothelial bladder cancer (UBC), including but not limited to a non-muscle invasive urothelial bladder cancer, a muscle-invasive urothelial bladder cancer, or a metastatic urothelial bladder cancer.
  • UBC urothelial bladder cancer
  • the urothelial bladder cancer is a metastatic urothelial bladder cancer.
  • Presence and/or expression levels/amount of a biomarker can be determined qualitatively and/or quantitatively based on any suitable criterion known in the art, including but not limited to DNA, mRNA, cDNA, proteins, protein fragments, and/or gene copy number.
  • the sample obtained from the patient is selected from the group consisting of tissue, whole blood, plasma, serum, and combinations thereof.
  • the sample is a tissue sample.
  • the tissue sample is a tumor sample.
  • the tumor sample comprises tumor-infiltrating immune cells, tumor cells, stromal cells, or any combinations thereof.
  • the tumor sample may be a formalin-fixed and paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tumor sample, an archival tumor sample, a fresh tumor sample, or a frozen tumor sample.
  • FFPE formalin-fixed and paraffin-embedded
  • the method may include determining the presence and/or expression level of an additional biomarker.
  • the additional biomarker is a biomarker described in WO 2014/151006, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the additional biomarker is selected from circulating Ki-67+CD8+ T cells, interferon gamma, MCP-1, or a myeloid cell-related gene.
  • the myeloid-cell related gene is selected from IL18, CCL2, and IL1B.
  • the presence and/or expression level/amount of various biomarkers described herein in a sample can be analyzed by a number of methodologies, many of which are known in the art and understood by the skilled artisan, including, but not limited to, immunohistochemistry (“IHC”), Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation, molecular binding assays, ELISA, ELIFA, fluorescence activated cell sorting (“FACS”), MassARRAY, proteomics, quantitative blood based assays (e.g., Serum ELISA), biochemical enzymatic activity assays, in situ hybridization, fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), Southern analysis, Northern analysis, whole genome sequencing, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) including quantitative real time PCR (qRT-PCR) and other amplification type detection methods, such as, for example, branched DNA, SISBA, TMA and the like, RNA-Seq, microarray analysis, gene expression profiling, and/or serial analysis of gene expression (“SAGE”), as well as any
  • Typical protocols for evaluating the status of genes and gene products are found, for example in Ausubel et al., eds., 1995 , Current Protocols In Molecular Biology , Units 2 (Northern Blotting), 4 (Southern Blotting), 15 (Immunoblotting) and 18 (PCR Analysis). Multiplexed immunoassays such as those available from Rules Based Medicine or Meso Scale Discovery (“MSD”) may also be used.
  • MSD Meso Scale Discovery
  • the presence and/or expression level/amount of a biomarker is measured by determining protein expression levels of the biomarker.
  • the method comprises contacting the biological sample with antibodies that specifically bind to a biomarker (e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies) described herein under conditions permissive for binding of the biomarker, and detecting whether a complex is formed between the antibodies and biomarker.
  • a biomarker e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies
  • an antibody is used to select subjects eligible for therapy with a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist (e.g., a biomarker for selection of individuals).
  • a protein expression level of a biomarker is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of flow cytometry (e.g., fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACSTM)), Western blot, enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA), immunoprecipitation, immunohistochemistry (IHC), immunofluorescence, radioimmunoassay, dot blotting, immunodetection methods, HPLC, surface plasmon resonance, optical spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, and HPLC.
  • flow cytometry e.g., fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACSTM)
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay
  • IHC immunohistochemistry
  • IHC immunohistochemistry
  • the protein expression level of the biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor-infiltrating immune cells. In some instances, the protein expression level of the biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor cells. In some instances, the protein expression level of the biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor-infiltrating immune cells and/or in tumor cells.
  • the presence and/or expression level/amount of a biomarker protein (e.g., PD-L1) in a sample is examined using IHC and staining protocols.
  • IHC staining of tissue sections has been shown to be a reliable method of determining or detecting the presence of proteins in a sample.
  • the biomarker is PD-L1.
  • expression level of biomarker is determined using a method comprising: (a) performing IHC analysis of a sample (such as a tumor sample obtained from a patient) with an antibody; and (b) determining expression level of a biomarker in the sample.
  • IHC staining intensity is determined relative to a reference.
  • the reference is a reference value.
  • the reference is a reference sample (e.g., a control cell line staining sample, a tissue sample from non-cancerous patient, or a PD-L1-negative tumor sample).
  • IHC may be performed in combination with additional techniques such as morphological staining and/or in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH).
  • additional techniques such as morphological staining and/or in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH).
  • FISH in situ hybridization
  • Two general methods of IHC are available; direct and indirect assays.
  • binding of antibody to the target antigen is determined directly.
  • This direct assay uses a labeled reagent, such as a fluorescent tag or an enzyme-labeled primary antibody, which can be visualized without further antibody interaction.
  • unconjugated primary antibody binds to the antigen and then a labeled secondary antibody binds to the primary antibody.
  • a chromogenic or fluorogenic substrate is added to provide visualization of the antigen.
  • Signal amplification occurs because several secondary antibodies may react with different epitopes on the primary antibody.
  • the primary and/or secondary antibody used for IHC typically will be labeled with a detectable moiety.
  • Numerous labels are available which can be generally grouped into the following categories: (a) radioisotopes, such as 35 S, 14 C, 125 I, 3 H, and 131 I; (b) colloidal gold particles; (c) fluorescent labels including, but are not limited to, rare earth chelates (europium chelates), Texas Red, rhodamine, fluorescein, dansyl, lissamine, umbelliferone, phycocrytherin, phycocyanin, or commercially-available fluorophores such as SPECTRUM ORANGE7 and SPECTRUM GREEN7 and/or derivatives of any one or more of the above; (d) various enzyme-substrate labels are available and U.S.
  • enzymatic labels include luciferases (e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luciferase; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
  • luciferin 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones, malate dehydrogenase, urease, peroxidase such as horseradish peroxidase (HRPO), alkaline phosphatase, ⁇ -galactosidase, glucoamylase, lysozyme, saccharide oxidases (e.g., glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase), heterocyclic oxidases (such as uricase and xanthine oxidase), lactoperoxidase, microperoxidase, and the like.
  • HRPO horseradish peroxidase
  • alkaline phosphatase alkaline phosphatase
  • ⁇ -galactosidase glucoamylase
  • lysozyme saccharide oxidases
  • glucose oxidase galactose oxidas
  • enzyme-substrate combinations include, for example, horseradish peroxidase (HRPO) with hydrogen peroxidase as a substrate; alkaline phosphatase (AP) with para-Nitrophenyl phosphate as chromogenic substrate; and ⁇ -D-galactosidase ( ⁇ -D-Gal) with a chromogenic substrate (e.g., p-nitrophenyl- ⁇ -D-galactosidase) or fluorogenic substrate (e.g., 4-methylumbelliferyl- ⁇ -D-galactosidase).
  • HRPO horseradish peroxidase
  • AP alkaline phosphatase
  • ⁇ -D-galactosidase ⁇ -D-Gal
  • a chromogenic substrate e.g., p-nitrophenyl- ⁇ -D-galactosidase
  • fluorogenic substrate e.g., 4-methylumbelliferyl- ⁇ -D-gal
  • Specimens may be prepared, for example, manually, or using an automated staining instrument (e.g., a Ventana BenchMark XT or Benchmark ULTRA instrument; see, e.g., Example 1 below). Specimens thus prepared may be mounted and coverslipped. Slide evaluation is then determined, for example, using a microscope, and staining intensity criteria, routinely used in the art, may be employed. In one instance, it is to be understood that when cells and/or tissue from a tumor is examined using IHC, staining is generally determined or assessed in tumor cell(s) and/or tissue (as opposed to stromal or surrounding tissue that may be present in the sample).
  • an automated staining instrument e.g., a Ventana BenchMark XT or Benchmark ULTRA instrument; see, e.g., Example 1 below.
  • Slide evaluation is then determined, for example, using a microscope, and staining intensity criteria, routinely used in the art, may be employed.
  • staining is generally determined or
  • staining includes determining or assessing in tumor-infiltrating immune cells, including intratumoral or peritumoral immune cells.
  • a biomarker e.g., PD-L1
  • IHC in >0% of the sample, in at least 1% of the sample, in at least 5% of the sample, in at least 10% of the sample, in at least 15% of the sample, in at least 15% of the sample, in at least 20% of the sample, in at least 25% of the sample, in at least 30% of the sample, in at least 35% of the sample, in at least 40% of the sample, in at least 45% of the sample, in at least 50% of the sample, in at least 55% of the sample, in at least 60% of the sample, in at least 65% of the sample, in at least 70% of the sample, in at least 75% of the sample, in at least 80% of the sample, in at least 85% of the sample, in at least 90%
  • PD-L1 is detected by immunohistochemistry using an anti-PD-L1 diagnostic antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody specifically binds human PD-L1.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is a non-human antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is a rat, mouse, or rabbit antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is a rabbit antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is directly labeled. In other instances, the PD-L1 diagnostic antibody is indirectly labeled.
  • the expression level of PD-L1 is detected in tumor-infiltrating immune cells, tumor cells, or combinations thereof using IHC.
  • Tumor-infiltrating immune cells include, but are not limited to, intratumoral immune cells, peritumoral immune cells or any combinations thereof, and other tumor stroma cells (e.g., fibroblasts).
  • Such tumor infiltrating immune cells may be T lymphocytes (such as CD8+ T lymphocytes and/or CD4+ T lymphocytes), B lymphocytes, or other bone marrow-lineage cells including granulocytes (neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils), monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells (e.g., interdigitating dendritic cells), histiocytes, and natural killer cells.
  • the staining for PD-L1 is detected as membrane staining, cytoplasmic staining and combinations thereof. In other instances, the absence of PD-L1 is detected as absent or no staining in the sample.
  • the expression level of a biomarker may be a nucleic acid expression level.
  • the nucleic acid expression level is determined using qPCR, rtPCR, RNA-seq, multiplex qPCR or RT-qPCR, microarray analysis, SAGE, MassARRAY technique, or in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH).
  • the expression level of a biomarker e.g., PD-L1 is determined in tumor cells, tumor infiltrating immune cells, stromal cells, or combinations thereof.
  • the expression level of a biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor-infiltrating immune cells.
  • the expression level of a biomarker (e.g., PD-L1) is determined in tumor cells.
  • Methods for the evaluation of mRNAs in cells include, for example, hybridization assays using complementary DNA probes (such as in situ hybridization using labeled riboprobes specific for the one or more genes, Northern blot and related techniques) and various nucleic acid amplification assays (such as RT-PCR using complementary primers specific for one or more of the genes, and other amplification type detection methods, such as, for example, branched DNA, SISBA, TMA and the like).
  • such methods can include one or more steps that allow one to determine the levels of target mRNA in a biological sample (e.g., by simultaneously examining the levels a comparative control mRNA sequence of a “housekeeping” gene such as an actin family member).
  • the sequence of the amplified target cDNA can be determined.
  • Optional methods include protocols which examine or detect mRNAs, such as target mRNAs, in a tissue or cell sample by microarray technologies. Using nucleic acid microarrays, test and control mRNA samples from test and control tissue samples are reverse transcribed and labeled to generate cDNA probes. The probes are then hybridized to an array of nucleic acids immobilized on a solid support. The array is configured such that the sequence and position of each member of the array is known. For example, a selection of genes whose expression correlates with increased or reduced clinical benefit of treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be arrayed on a solid support. Hybridization of a labeled probe with a particular array member indicates that the sample from which the probe was derived expresses that gene.
  • the presence and/or expression levels/amount of a biomarker in a first sample is increased or elevated as compared to presence/absence and/or expression levels/amount in a second sample.
  • the presence/absence and/or expression levels/amount of a biomarker in a first sample is decreased or reduced as compared to presence and/or expression levels/amount in a second sample.
  • the second sample is a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue. Additional disclosures for determining the presence/absence and/or expression levels/amount of a gene are described herein.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is a single sample or a combination of multiple samples from the same subject or individual that are obtained at one or more different time points than when the test sample is obtained.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is obtained at an earlier time point from the same subject or individual than when the test sample is obtained.
  • Such reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue may be useful if the reference sample is obtained during initial diagnosis of cancer and the test sample is later obtained when the cancer becomes metastatic.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is a combination of multiple samples from one or more healthy individuals who are not the patient.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is a combination of multiple samples from one or more individuals with a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) who are not the subject or individual.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is pooled RNA samples from normal tissues or pooled plasma or serum samples from one or more individuals who are not the patient.
  • a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue is pooled RNA samples from tumor tissues or pooled plasma or serum samples from one or more individuals with a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) who are not the patient.
  • a disease or disorder e.g., cancer
  • elevated or increased expression refers to an overall increase of about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or greater, in the level of biomarker (e.g., protein or nucleic acid (e.g., gene or mRNA)), detected by standard art-known methods such as those described herein, as compared to a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue.
  • biomarker e.g., protein or nucleic acid (e.g., gene or mRNA)
  • the elevated expression refers to the increase in expression level/amount of a biomarker in the sample wherein the increase is at least about any of 1.5 ⁇ , 1.75 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , 4 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 6 ⁇ , 7 ⁇ , 8 ⁇ , 9 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 25 ⁇ , 50 ⁇ , 75 ⁇ , or 100 ⁇ the expression level/amount of the respective biomarker in a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue.
  • elevated expression refers to an overall increase of greater than about 1.5-fold, about 1.75-fold, about 2-fold, about 2.25-fold, about 2.5-fold, about 2.75-fold, about 3.0-fold, or about 3.25-fold as compared to a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, control tissue, or internal control (e.g., housekeeping gene).
  • reduced expression refers to an overall reduction of about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or greater, in the level of biomarker (e.g., protein or nucleic acid (e.g., gene or mRNA)), detected by standard art known methods such as those described herein, as compared to a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue.
  • biomarker e.g., protein or nucleic acid (e.g., gene or mRNA)
  • reduced expression refers to the decrease in expression level/amount of a biomarker in the sample wherein the decrease is at least about any of 0.9 ⁇ , 0.8 ⁇ , 0.7 ⁇ , 0.6 ⁇ , 0.5 ⁇ , 0.4 ⁇ , 0.3 ⁇ , 0.2 ⁇ , 0.1 ⁇ , 0.05 ⁇ , or 0.01 ⁇ the expression level/amount of the respective biomarker in a reference sample, reference cell, reference tissue, control sample, control cell, or control tissue.
  • the present invention provides methods for treating a patient suffering from a cancer (e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer)).
  • the methods of the invention include administering to the patient an anti-cancer therapy that includes a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer)
  • the methods of the invention include administering to the patient an anti-cancer therapy that includes a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonists described herein (see, for example, Section D, below) or known in the art may used in the methods.
  • the methods involve determining the presence and/or expression level of PD-L1 in a sample (for example, in tumor-infiltrating immune cells in a tumor sample) obtained from a patient and administering an anti-cancer therapy to the patient based on the presence and/or expression level of PD-L1 in the sample, for example, using any of the methods described herein (for example, those described in Section A, Section B, or in the Examples below) or known in the art.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor sample.
  • 1% or more e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or
  • the invention further provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be a luminal subtype tumor. In some instances, the tumor has been determined to be a luminal subtype II tumor.
  • the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample obtained from the patient.
  • about 1% or more e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more,
  • the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 1% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 5% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In other instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 10% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 15% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In yet other instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 20% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample.
  • the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 25% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 30% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 35% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 40% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample. In some instances, the tumor-infiltrating immune cells may cover about 50% or more of the tumor area in a section of the tumor sample.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to have a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more (e.g., about 2% or more, about 3% or more, about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 6% or more, about 7% or more, about 8% or more, about 9% or more, about 10% or more, about 11% or more, about 12% or more, about 13% or more, about 14% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more) of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 1% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 5% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a detectable expression level of PD-L1 in tumor-infiltrating immune cells that comprise about 10% or more of the tumor sample indicates that the patient is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a change in the level of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16) of the biomarkers listed in Table 1 may be used to help determine tumor subtype.
  • the tumor sample e.g., a UBC tumor sample
  • the luminal subtype tumor e.g., a luminal subtype II tumor.
  • the invention provides a method for treating a patient suffering from a bladder cancer, the method comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, wherein a tumor sample obtained from the patient has been determined to be a luminal subtype tumor (e.g., a UBC luminal subtype tumor).
  • the tumor has been determined to be a luminal subtype II tumor.
  • the level of expression of at least one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) biomarkers selected from Table 1, Group A (e.g., FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A) and at least one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) biomarkers selected from Table 1, Group B (e.g., KRT5, KRT6A, KRT14, EGFR) can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • Group A e.g., FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A
  • Group C e.g., GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, E-cadherin
  • the level of expression of at least one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) biomarkers selected from Table 1, Group A (e.g., FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A) and at least one or more (e.g., 1 or 2) biomarkers selected from Table 1, Group D (e.g., ERBB2, ESR2) can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • Group A e.g., FGFR3, miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, CDKN2A
  • Group C e.g., GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, E-ca
  • the level of a biomarker is an mRNA level
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3 in combination with a decreased level of expression of at least one of KRT5, KRT6A, KRT14, and EGFR compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3 in combination with an increased level of at least one of GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, and E-cadherin compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3 in combination with an increased level of ERBB2 and/or ESR2 compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3; an increased level of at least one of GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, and E-cadherin; and an increased level of ERBB2 and/or ESR2 compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3; a decreased level of expression of at least one of KRT5. KRT6A, KRT14, and EGFR; and an increased level of ERBB2 and/or ESR2 compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • an increased level of expression of at least one of miR-99a-5p, miR-100-5p, and CDKN2A and/or a decreased level of expression of FGFR3; a decreased level of expression of at least one of KRT5, KRT6A, KRT14, and EGFR; an increased level of expression of at least one of GATA3, FOXA1, UPK3A, miR-200a-3p, miR-200b-3p, and E-cadherin; and an increased level of ERBB2 and/or ESR2 compared to reference levels of the biomarkers can be used to determine luminal subtype II classification.
  • the level of a biomarker is an mRNA level, a protein level, and/or a miRNA level.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be any PD-L1 axis binding antagonist known in the art or described herein, for example, in Section D, below.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is selected from the group consisting of a PD-L1 binding antagonist, a PD-1 binding antagonist, and a PD-L2 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-L1 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to one or more of its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to PD-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to B7-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to both PD-1 and B7-1.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist is an antibody.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of: YW243.55.570, MPDL3280A (atezolizumab), MDX-1105, MEDI4736 (durvalumab), and MSB0010718C (avelumab).
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:19, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:20, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:21; and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:22, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:23, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:24.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26 and a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-1 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to one or more of its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L1.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L2.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to both PD-L1 and PD-L2.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an antibody.
  • the antibody is selected from the group consisting of: MDX 1106 (nivolumab), MK-3475 (pembrolizumab), CT-011 (pidilizumab), MEDI-0680 (AMP-514), PDR001, REGN2810, and BGB-108.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an Fc-fusion protein.
  • the Fc-fusion protein is AMP-224.
  • the method further includes administering to the patient an effective amount of a second therapeutic agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a cytotoxic agent, a growth-inhibitory agent, a radiation therapy agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, and combinations thereof.
  • the second therapeutic agent is an agonist directed against an activating co-stimulatory molecule.
  • the second therapeutic agent is an antagonist directed against an inhibitory co-stimulatory molecule.
  • the urothelial bladder cancer may be, for example, a non-muscle invasive urothelial bladder cancer, a muscle-invasive urothelial bladder cancer, or metastatic urothelial bladder cancer.
  • the invention provides for the use of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist in the manufacture or preparation of a medicament.
  • the medicament is for treatment of a cancer.
  • the medicament is for use in a method of treating a cancer comprising administering to a patient suffering from a cancer (e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer)) an effective amount of the medicament.
  • the method further comprises administering to the individual an effective amount of at least one additional therapeutic agent, e.g., as described below.
  • compositions utilized in the methods described herein can be administered by any suitable method, including, for example, intravenously, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intradermally, percutaneously, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intrathecally, intranasally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subconjunctivally, intravesicularly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularly, intraorbitally, orally, topically, transdermally, intravitreally (e.g., by intravitreal injection), by eye drop, by inhalation, by injection, by implantation, by infusion, by continuous infusion, by localized perfusion bathing target cells directly, by catheter, by lavage, in cremes, or in lipid compositions.
  • intravitreally e.g., by intravitreal injection
  • compositions utilized in the methods described herein can also be administered systemically or locally.
  • the method of administration can vary depending on various factors (e.g., the compound or composition being administered and the severity of the condition, disease, or disorder being treated).
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is administered intravenously, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, topically, orally, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intraorbitally, by implantation, by inhalation, intrathecally, intraventricularly, or intranasally.
  • Dosing can be by any suitable route, e.g., by injections, such as intravenous or subcutaneous injections, depending in part on whether the administration is brief or chronic.
  • Various dosing schedules including but not limited to single or multiple administrations over various time-points, bolus administration, and pulse infusion are contemplated herein.
  • PD-L1 axis binding antagonists e.g., an antibody, binding polypeptide, and/or small molecule
  • any additional therapeutic agent may be formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice.
  • Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist need not be, but is optionally formulated with and/or administered concurrently with one or more agents currently used to prevent or treat the disorder in question.
  • the effective amount of such other agents depends on the amount of the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist present in the formulation, the type of disorder or treatment, and other factors discussed above. These are generally used in the same dosages and with administration routes as described herein, or about from 1 to 99% of the dosages described herein, or in any dosage and by any route that is empirically/clinically determined to be appropriate.
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer)
  • the appropriate dosage of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist described herein will depend on the type of disease to be treated, the severity and course of the disease, whether the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, and the discretion of the attending physician.
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments.
  • One typical daily dosage might range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • the treatment would generally be sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs.
  • Such doses may be administered intermittently, e.g., every week or every three weeks (e.g., such that the patient receives, for example, from about two to about twenty, or e.g., about six doses of the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist).
  • An initial higher loading dose, followed by one or more lower doses may be administered.
  • other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist antibody administered to human will be in the range of about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg of patient body weight, whether by one or more administrations.
  • the antibody used is about 0.01 mg/kg to about 45 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 35 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, about 0.01 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, or about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg administered daily, weekly, every two weeks, every three weeks, or monthly, for example.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody described herein is administered to a human at a dose of about 100 mg, about 200 mg, about 300 mg, about 400 mg, about 500 mg, about 600 mg, about 700 mg, about 800 mg, about 900 mg, about 1000 mg, about 1100 mg, about 1200 mg, about 1300 mg, about 1400 mg, about 1500 mg, about 1600 mg, about 1700 mg, or about 1800 mg on day 1 of 21-day cycles (every three weeks, q3w).
  • anti-PD-L1 antibody MPDL3280A is administered at 1200 mg intravenously every three weeks (q3w).
  • the dose may be administered as a single dose or as multiple doses (e.g., 2 or 3 doses), such as infusions.
  • the dose of the antibody administered in a combination treatment may be reduced as compared to a single treatment. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques.
  • the methods further involve administering to the patient an effective amount of a second therapeutic agent.
  • the second therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a cytotoxic agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, a growth-inhibitory agent, a radiation therapy agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, and combinations thereof.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a chemotherapy or chemotherapeutic agent.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a radiation therapy agent.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a targeted therapy or targeted therapeutic agent.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an immunotherapy or immunotherapeutic agent, for example a monoclonal antibody.
  • the second therapeutic agent is an agonist directed against an activating co-stimulatory molecule.
  • the second therapeutic agent is an antagonist directed against an inhibitory co-stimulatory molecule.
  • combination therapies noted above encompass combined administration (where two or more therapeutic agents are included in the same or separate formulations), and separate administration, in which case, administration of a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist can occur prior to, simultaneously, and/or following, administration of the additional therapeutic agent or agents.
  • administration of PD-L1 axis binding antagonist and administration of an additional therapeutic agent occur within about one month, or within about one, two or three weeks, or within about one, two, three, four, five, or six days, of each other.
  • enhancing T-cell stimulation by promoting an activating co-stimulatory molecule or by inhibiting a negative co-stimulatory molecule, may promote tumor cell death thereby treating or delaying progression of cancer.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an agonist directed against an activating co-stimulatory molecule.
  • an activating co-stimulatory molecule may include CD40, CD226, CD28, OX40, GITR, CD137, CD27, HVEM, or CD127.
  • the agonist directed against an activating co-stimulatory molecule is an agonist antibody that binds to CD40, CD226, CD28, OX40, GITR, CD137, CD27, HVEM, or CD127.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antagonist directed against an inhibitory co-stimulatory molecule.
  • an inhibitory co-stimulatory molecule may include CTLA-4 (also known as CD152), TIM-3, BTLA, VISTA, LAG-3, B7-H3, B7-H4, IDO, TIGIT, MICA/B, or arginase.
  • the antagonist directed against an inhibitory co-stimulatory molecule is an antagonist antibody that binds to CTLA-4, TIM-3, BTLA, VISTA, LAG-3, B7-H3, B7-H4, IDO, TIGIT, MICA/B, or arginase.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antagonist directed against CTLA-4 (also known as CD152), e.g., a blocking antibody.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with ipilimumab (also known as MDX-010, MDX-101, or YERVOY®).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with tremelimumab (also known as ticilimumab or CP-675.206).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antagonist directed against B7-H3 (also known as CD276), e.g., a blocking antibody.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with MGA271.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antagonist directed against a TGF-beta, e.g., metelimumab (also known as CAT-192), fresolimumab (also known as GC1008), or LY2157299.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a treatment comprising adoptive transfer of a T-cell (e.g., a cytotoxic T-cell or CTL) expressing a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a treatment comprising adoptive transfer of a T-cell comprising a dominant-negative TGF beta receptor, e.g., a dominant-negative TGF beta type II receptor.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a treatment comprising a HERCREEM protocol (see, e.g., ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier NCT00889954).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an agonist directed against CD137 (also known as TNFRSF9, 4-1BB, or ILA), e.g., an activating antibody.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with urelumab (also known as BMS-663513).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an agonist directed against CD40, e.g., an activating antibody.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with CP-870893.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an agonist directed against OX40 (also known as CD134), e.g., an activating antibody.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an anti-OX40 antibody (e.g., AgonOX).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an agonist directed against CD27, e.g., an activating antibody.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with CDX-1127.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antagonist directed against indoleamine-2,3-dioxygenase (IDO).
  • IDO indoleamine-2,3-dioxygenase
  • 1-methyl-D-tryptophan also known as 1-D-MT
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antibody-drug conjugate.
  • the antibody-drug conjugate comprises mertansine or monomethyl auristatin E (MMAE).
  • MMAE monomethyl auristatin E
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an anti-NaPi2b antibody-MMAE conjugate (also known as DNIB0600A or RG7599).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with trastuzumab emtansine (also known as T-DM1, ado-trastuzumab emtansine, or KADCYLA®, Genentech).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with DMUC5754A. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antibody-drug conjugate targeting the endothelin B receptor (EDNBR), e.g., an antibody directed against EDNBR conjugated with MMAE.
  • EDNBR endothelin B receptor
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an anti-angiogenesis agent.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antibody directed against a VEGF, e.g., VEGF-A.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with bevacizumab (also known as AVASTIN®, Genentech).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antibody directed against angiopoietin 2 (also known as Ang2).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with MEDI3617.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antineoplastic agent.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an agent targeting CSF-1R (also known as M-CSFR or CD115).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with anti-CSF-1R (also known as IMC-CS4).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an interferon, for example interferon alpha or interferon gamma.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with Roferon-A (also known as recombinant Interferon alpha-2a).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with GM-CSF (also known as recombinant human granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor, rhu GM-CSF, sargramostim, or LEUKINE®).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with IL-2 (also known as aldesleukin or PROLEUKIN®).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with IL-12.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antibody targeting CD20.
  • the antibody targeting CD20 is obinutuzumab (also known as GA101 or GAZYVA®) or rituximab.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an antibody targeting GITR.
  • the antibody targeting GITR is TRX518.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a cancer vaccine.
  • the cancer vaccine is a peptide cancer vaccine, which in some instances is a personalized peptide vaccine.
  • the peptide cancer vaccine is a multivalent long peptide, a multi-peptide, a peptide cocktail, a hybrid peptide, or a peptide-pulsed dendritic cell vaccine (see, e.g., Yamada et al., Cancer Sci. 104:14-21, 2013).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an adjuvant.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a treatment comprising a TLR agonist, e.g., Poly-ICLC (also known as HILTONOL®), LPS, MPL, or CpG ODN.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with tumor necrosis factor (TNF) alpha.
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with IL-1.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with HMGB1.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an IL-10 antagonist.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an IL-4 antagonist. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an IL-13 antagonist. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an HVEM antagonist. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an ICOS agonist, e.g., by administration of ICOS-L, or an agonistic antibody directed against ICOS. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a treatment targeting CX3CL1.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a treatment targeting CXCL9. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a treatment targeting CXCL10. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a treatment targeting CCL5. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an LFA-1 or ICAM1 agonist. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a Selectin agonist.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a targeted therapy.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an inhibitor of B-Raf.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with vemurafenib (also known as ZELBORAF®).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with dabrafenib (also known as TAFINLAR®).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with erlotinib (also known as TARCEVA®).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an inhibitor of a MEK, such as MEK1 (also known as MAP2K1) or MEK2 (also known as MAP2K2).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with cobimetinib (also known as GDC-0973 or XL-518).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with trametinib (also known as MEKINIST®).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an inhibitor of K-Ras.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an inhibitor of c-Met. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with onartuzumab (also known as MetMAb). In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an inhibitor of Alk. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with AF802 (also known as CH5424802 or alectinib). In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an inhibitor of a phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K).
  • PI3K phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with BKM120. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with idelalisib (also known as GS-1101 or CAL-101). In some embodiments, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with perifosine (also known as KRX-0401). In some embodiments, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an inhibitor of an Akt. In some embodiments, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with MK2206. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with GSK690693.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with GDC-0941. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with an inhibitor of mTOR. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with sirolimus (also known as rapamycin). In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with temsirolimus (also known as CCl-779 or TORISEL®). In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with everolimus (also known as RAD001).
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with ridaforolimus (also known as AP-23573, MK-8669, or deforolimus). In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with OSI-027. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with AZD8055. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with INK128. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with a dual PI3K/mTOR inhibitor.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with XL765. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with GDC-0980. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with BEZ235 (also known as NVP-BEZ235). In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with BGT226. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with GSK2126458. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with PF-04691502. In some instances, a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist may be administered in conjunction with PF-05212384 (also known as PKI-587).
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer)
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer
  • methods for determining whether a patient suffering from a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer) is likely to respond to treatment comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer)
  • methods for selecting a therapy for a patient suffering from a cancer e.g., a bladder cancer (e.g., an urothelial bladder cancer)). Any of the preceding methods may be based on the expression level of a biomarker provided herein, for example, PD-L1 expression in a tumor sample, e.g., in tumor-infiltrating immune cells.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist includes a PD-1 binding antagonist, a PD-L1 binding antagonist, and a PD-L2 binding antagonist.
  • PD-1 (programmed death 1) is also referred to in the art as “programmed cell death 1,” “PDCD1,” “CD279,” and “SLEB2.”
  • An exemplary human PD-1 is shown in UniProtKB/Swiss-Prot Accession No. Q15116.
  • PD-L1 (programmed death ligand 1) is also referred to in the art as “programmed cell death 1 ligand 1,” “PDCD1LG1,” “CD274,” “B7-H,” and “PDL1.”
  • An exemplary human PD-L1 is shown in UniProtKB/Swiss-Prot Accession No. Q9NZQ7.1.
  • PD-L2 (programmed death ligand 2) is also referred to in the art as “programmed cell death 1 ligand 2,” “PDCD1LG2,” “CD273,” “B7-DC,” “Btdc,” and “PDL2.”
  • An exemplary human PD-L2 is shown in UniProtKB/Swiss-Prot Accession No. Q9BQ51.
  • PD-1, PD-L1, and PD-L2 are human PD-1, PD-L1 and PD-L2.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is a molecule that inhibits the binding of PD-1 to its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-1 ligand binding partners are PD-L1 and/or PD-L2.
  • a PD-L1 binding antagonist is a molecule that inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to its binding ligands.
  • PD-L1 binding partners are PD-1 and/or B7-1.
  • the PD-L2 binding antagonist is a molecule that inhibits the binding of PD-L2 to its ligand binding partners.
  • the PD-L2 binding ligand partner is PD-1.
  • the antagonist may be an antibody, an antigen binding fragment thereof, an immunoadhesin, a fusion protein, or oligopeptide.
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an anti-PD-1 antibody (e.g., a human antibody, a humanized antibody, or a chimeric antibody), for example, as described below.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is selected from the group consisting of MDX-1106 (nivolumab), MK-3475 (pembrolizumab), CT-011 (pidilizumab), MEDI-0680 (AMP-514), PDR001, REGN2810, and BGB-108, MDX-1106, also known as MDX-1106-04, ONO-4538, BMS-936558, or nivolumab, is an anti-PD-1 antibody described in WO2006/121168, MK-3475, also known as pembrolizumab or lambrolizumab, is an anti-PD-1 antibody described in WO 2009/114335.
  • CT-011 also known as hBAT, hBAT-1 or pidilizumab
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is an immunoadhesin (e.g., an immunoadhesin comprising an extracellular or PD-1 binding portion of PD-L1 or PD-L2 fused to a constant region (e.g., an Fc region of an immunoglobulin sequence).
  • the PD-1 binding antagonist is AMP-224, AMP-224, also known as B7-DClg, is a PD-L2-Fc fusion soluble receptor described in WO 2010/027827 and WO 2011/066342.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is MDX-1106.
  • Alternative names for “MDX-1106” include MDX-1106-04, ONO-4538, BMS-936558, and nivolumab.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is nivolumab (CAS Registry Number: 946414-94-4).
  • an isolated anti-PD-1 antibody comprising a heavy chain variable region comprising the heavy chain variable region amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO:1 and/or a light chain variable region comprising the light chain variable region amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO:2.
  • an isolated anti-PD-1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and/or a light chain sequence, wherein:
  • the heavy chain sequence has at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% sequence identity to the heavy chain sequence:
  • QVQLVESGGGWQPGRSLRLDCKASGITFSNSGMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVAVIWYDGSKRYYADSVKGRFTI SRDNSKNTLFLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCATNDDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGCL VKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTKTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKRVES KYGPPCPPCPAPEFLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSQEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKP REEQFNSTYRWSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGL
  • the light chain sequences has at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% sequence identity to the light chain sequence:
  • the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist is a PD-L2 binding antagonist.
  • the PD-L2 binding antagonist is an anti-PD-L2 antibody (e.g., a human antibody, a humanized antibody, or a chimeric antibody).
  • the PD-L2 binding antagonist is an immunoadhesin.
  • the PD-L1 binding antagonist is an anti-PD-L1 antibody, for example, as described below.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is capable of inhibiting binding between PD-L1 and PD-1 and/or between PD-L1 and B7-1.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is an antibody fragment selected from the group consisting of Fab, Fab′-SH, Fv, scFv, and (Fab′) 2 fragments.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is a humanized antibody. In some instances, the anti-PD-L1 antibody is a human antibody.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody is selected from the group consisting of YW243.55.S70, MPDL3280A (atezolizumab), MDX-1105, and MEDI4736 (durvalumab), and MSB0010718C (avelumab).
  • Antibody YW243.55.S70 is an anti-PD-L1 described in WO 2010/077634.
  • MDX-1105 also known as BMS-936559, is an anti-PD-L1 antibody described in WO2007/005874.
  • MEDI4736 (durvalumab) is an anti-PD-L1 monoclonal antibody described in WO2011/066389 and US2013/034559.
  • anti-PD-L1 antibodies useful for the methods of this invention, and methods for making thereof are described in PCT patent application WO 2010/077634, WO 2007/005874, WO 2011/066389, U.S. Pat. No. 8,217,149, and US 2013/034559, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Anti-PD-L1 antibodies described in WO 2010/077634 A1 and U.S. Pat. No. 8,217,149 may be used in the methods described herein.
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region sequence of SEQ ID NO:3 and/or a light chain variable region sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain variable region and/or a light chain variable region sequence, wherein:
  • the heavy chain sequence has at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% sequence identity to the heavy chain sequence: EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDSWIHWVRQAPGKGLEWVAWISPYGGSTYYADSVKGRFTIS ADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARRHWPGGFDYWGQGTLVTVSA (SEQ ID NO:3), and
  • the light chain sequence has at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% sequence identity to the light chain sequence:
  • the anti-PD-L1 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1., HVR-H2 and HVR-H3 sequence, wherein:
  • the polypeptide further comprises variable region heavy chain framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs according to the formula: (FR-H1)-(HVR-H1)-(FR-H2)-(HVR-H2)-(FR-H3)-(HVR-H3)-(FR-H4).
  • the framework sequences are derived from human consensus framework sequences.
  • the framework sequences are VH subgroup III consensus framework.
  • at least one of the framework sequences is the following:
  • FR-H1 is EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAAS (SEQ ID NO:8)
  • FR-H2 is WVRQAPGKGLEWV (SEQ ID NO:9)
  • FR-H3 is RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAR (SEQ ID NO:10)
  • FR-H4 is WGQGTLVTVSA (SEQ ID NO:11).
  • the heavy chain polypeptide is further combined with a variable region light chain comprising an HVR-L1, HVR-L2 and HVR-L3, wherein:
  • HVR-L1 sequence is RASQX 4 X 5 X 6 TX 7 X 8 A (SEQ ID NO:12);
  • HVR-L2 sequence is SASX 9 LX 10 S, (SEQ ID NO:13);
  • the HVR-L3 sequence is QQX 11 X 12 X 13 X 14 PX 15 T (SEQ ID NO:14);
  • the light chain further comprises variable region light chain framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs according to the formula: (FR-L1)-(HVR-L1)-(FR-L2)-(HVR-L2)-(FR-L3)-(HVR-L3)-(FR-L4).
  • the framework sequences are derived from human consensus framework sequences.
  • the framework sequences are VL kappa I consensus framework.
  • at least one of the framework sequence is the following:
  • FR-L1 is DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC (SEQ ID NO:15)
  • FR-L2 is WYQQKPGKAPKLLIY (SEQ ID NO:16)
  • FR-L3 is GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYC (SEQ ID NO:17)
  • FR-L4 is FGQGTKVEIKR (SEQ ID NO:18).
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody or antigen binding fragment comprising a heavy chain and a light chain variable region sequence, wherein:
  • the heavy chain comprises an HVR-H1, HVR-H2 and HVR-H3, wherein further
  • the light chain comprises an HVR-L1, HVR-L2 and HVR-L3, wherein further:
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-H1)-(HVR-H1)-(FR-H2)-(HVR-H2)-(FR-H3)-(HVR-H3)-(FR-H4)
  • the light chain variable regions comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-L1)-(HVR-L1)-(FR-L2)-(HVR-L2)-(FR-L3)-(HVR-L3)-(FR-L4).
  • the framework sequences are derived from human consensus framework sequences.
  • the heavy chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat subgroup I, II, or III sequence. In a still further aspect, the heavy chain framework sequence is a VH subgroup III consensus framework. In a still further aspect, one or more of the heavy chain framework sequences are set forth as SEQ ID NOs:8, 9, 10 and 11. In a still further aspect, the light chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat kappa I, II, II or IV subgroup sequence. In a still further aspect, the light chain framework sequences are VL kappa I consensus framework. In a still further aspect, one or more of the light chain framework sequences are set forth as SEQ ID NOs:15, 16, 17 and 18.
  • the antibody further comprises a human or murine constant region.
  • the human constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4.
  • the human constant region is IgG1.
  • the murine constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2A, IgG2B, and IgG3.
  • the antibody has reduced or minimal effector function.
  • the minimal effector function results from an “effector-less Fc mutation” or aglycosylation.
  • the effector-less Fc mutation is an N297A or D265A/N297A substitution in the constant region.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain variable region sequence, wherein:
  • sequence identity is 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-H1)-(HVR-H1)-(FR-H2)-(HVR-H2)-(FR-H3)-(HVR-H3)-(FR-H4), and the light chain variable regions comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-L1)-(HVR-L1)-(FR-L2)-(HVR-L2)-(FR-L3)-(HVR-L3)-(FR-L4).
  • the framework sequences are derived from human consensus framework sequences.
  • the heavy chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat subgroup I, II, or III sequence.
  • the heavy chain framework sequence is a VH subgroup III consensus framework.
  • one or more of the heavy chain framework sequences are set forth as SEQ ID NOs:8, 9, 10 and 11.
  • the light chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat kappa I, II, II or IV subgroup sequence.
  • the light chain framework sequences are VL kappa I consensus framework.
  • one or more of the light chain framework sequences are set forth as SEQ ID NOs:15, 16, 17 and 18.
  • the antibody further comprises a human or murine constant region.
  • the human constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4.
  • the human constant region is IgG1.
  • the murine constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2A, IgG2B, and IgG3.
  • the antibody has reduced or minimal effector function.
  • the minimal effector function results from an “effector-less Fc mutation” or aglycosylation.
  • the effector-less Fc mutation is an N297A or D265A/N297A substitution in the constant region.
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain variable region sequence, wherein:
  • the heavy chain sequence has at least 85% sequence identity to the heavy chain sequence: EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDSWIHWVRQAPGKGLEWVAWISPYGGSTYYADSVKGRFTIS ADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARRHWPGGFDYWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO:25), and/or
  • the sequence identity is 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-H1)-(HVR-H1)-(FR-H2)-(HVR-H2)-(FR-H3)-(HVR-H3)-(FR-H4)
  • the light chain variable regions comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-L1)-(HVR-L1)-(FR-L2)-(HVR-L2)-(FR-L3)-(HVR-L3)-(FR-L4).
  • the framework sequences are derived from human consensus framework sequences.
  • the heavy chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat subgroup I, II, or III sequence.
  • the heavy chain framework sequence is a VH subgroup III consensus framework.
  • one or more of the heavy chain framework sequences are set forth as SEQ ID NOs:8, 9, 10 and WGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO:27).
  • the light chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat kappa I, II, II or IV subgroup sequence. In a still further aspect, the light chain framework sequences are VL kappa I consensus framework. In a still further aspect, one or more of the light chain framework sequences are set forth as SEQ ID NOs:15, 16, 17 and 18.
  • the antibody further comprises a human or murine constant region.
  • the human constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4.
  • the human constant region is IgG1.
  • the murine constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2A, IgG2B, and IgG3.
  • the antibody has reduced or minimal effector function.
  • the minimal effector function results from production in prokaryotic cells.
  • the minimal effector function results from an “effector-less Fc mutation” or aglycosylation.
  • the effector-less Fc mutation is an N297A or D265A/N297A substitution in the constant region.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-H1)-(HVR-H1)-(FR-H2)-(HVR-H2)-(FR-H3)-(HVR-H3)-(FR-H4)
  • the light chain variable regions comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-L1)-(HVR-L1)-(FR-L2)-(HVR-L2)-(FR-L3)-(HVR-L3)-(FR-L4).
  • the framework sequences are derived from human consensus framework sequences.
  • the heavy chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat subgroup I, II, or III sequence. In a still further aspect, the heavy chain framework sequence is a VH subgroup III consensus framework. In a still further aspect, one or more of the heavy chain framework sequences is the following:
  • FR-H1 (SEQ ID NO: 29) EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFS FR-H2 (SEQ ID NO: 30) WVRQAPGKGLEWVA FR-H3 (SEQ ID NO: 10) RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAR FR-H4 (SEQ ID NO: 27) WGQGTLVTVSS.
  • the light chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat kappa I, II, II or IV subgroup sequence. In a still further aspect, the light chain framework sequences are VL kappa I consensus framework. In a still further aspect, one or more of the light chain framework sequences is the following:
  • FR-L1 (SEQ ID NO: 15) DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC FR-L2 (SEQ ID NO: 16) WYQQKPGKAPKLLIY FR-L3 (SEQ ID NO: 17) GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYC FR-L4 (SEQ ID NO: 28) FGQGTKVEIK.
  • the antibody further comprises a human or murine constant region.
  • the human constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4.
  • the human constant region is IgG1.
  • the murine constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2A, IgG2B, and IgG3.
  • the antibody has reduced or minimal effector function.
  • the minimal effector function results from an “effector-less Fc mutation” or aglycosylation.
  • the effector-less Fc mutation is an N297A or D265A/N297A substitution in the constant region.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain variable region sequence, wherein:
  • sequence identity is 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-H1)-(HVR-H1)-(FR-H2)-(HVR-H2)-(FR-H3)-(HVR-H3)-(FR-H4), and the light chain variable regions comprises one or more framework sequences juxtaposed between the HVRs as: (FR-L1)-(HVR-L1)-(FR-L2)-(HVR-L2)-(FR-L3)-(HVR-L3)-(FR-L4).
  • the framework sequences are derived from human consensus framework sequences.
  • the heavy chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat subgroup I, II, or III sequence.
  • the heavy chain framework sequence is a VH subgroup III consensus framework.
  • one or more of the heavy chain framework sequences are set forth as SEQ ID NOs:8, 9, 10 and WGQGTLVTVSSASTK (SEQ ID NO:31).
  • the light chain framework sequences are derived from a Kabat kappa I, II, II or IV subgroup sequence. In a still further aspect, the light chain framework sequences are VL kappa I consensus framework. In a still further aspect, one or more of the light chain framework sequences are set forth as SEQ ID NOs:15, 16, 17 and 18. In a still further specific aspect, the antibody further comprises a human or murine constant region. In a still further aspect, the human constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4. In a still further specific aspect, the human constant region is IgG1.
  • the murine constant region is selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2A, IgG2B, and IgG3.
  • the murine constant region in IgG2A has reduced or minimal effector function.
  • the minimal effector function results from an “effector-less Fc mutation” or aglycosylation.
  • the effector-less Fc mutation is an N297A or D265A/N297A substitution in the constant region.
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain variable region sequence, wherein:
  • the heavy chain sequence has at least 85% sequence identity to the heavy chain sequence: EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDSWIHWVRQAPGKGLEWVAWISPYGGSTYYADSVKGRFTIS ADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARRHWPGGFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTK (SEQ ID NO:26), or
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain variable region sequence, wherein the light chain variable region sequence has at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4.
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain variable region sequence, wherein the heavy chain variable region sequence has at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26.
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain variable region sequence, wherein the light chain variable region sequence has at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4 and the heavy chain variable region sequence has at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:26. In some instances, one, two, three, four or five amino acid residues at the N-terminal of the heavy and
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain sequence, wherein:
  • the heavy chain sequence has at least 85% sequence identity to the heavy chain sequence: EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDSWIHWVRQAPGKGLEWVAWISPYGGSTYYADSVKGRFTIS ADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARRHWPGGFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTA ALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVD KKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEV HNAKTKPREEQYASTYRWSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRE EMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain sequence, wherein the light chain sequence has at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33.
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain sequence, wherein the heavy chain sequence has at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32.
  • an isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain sequence, wherein the light chain sequence has at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:33 and the heavy chain sequence has at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:32.
  • the isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody is aglycosylated.
  • Glycosylation of antibodies is typically either N-linked or O-linked.
  • N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
  • the tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
  • X is any amino acid except proline
  • O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-aceylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used. Removal of glycosylation sites form an antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites) is removed. The alteration may be made by substitution of an asparagine, serine or threonine residue within the glycosylation site another amino acid residue (e.g., glycine, alanine or a conservative substitution).
  • the isolated anti-PD-L1 antibody can bind to a human PD-L1, for example a human PD-L1 as shown in UniProtKB/Swiss-Prot Accession No. Q9NZQ7.1, or a variant thereof.
  • nucleic acid encoding any of the antibodies described herein.
  • nucleic acid further comprises a vector suitable for expression of the nucleic acid encoding any of the previously described anti-PD-L1 antibodies.
  • the vector is in a host cell suitable for expression of the nucleic acid.
  • the host cell is a eukaryotic cell or a prokaryotic cell.
  • the eukaryotic cell is a mammalian cell, such as Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell.
  • the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof may be made using methods known in the art, for example, by a process comprising culturing a host cell containing nucleic acid encoding any of the previously described anti-PD-L1 antibodies or antigen-binding fragments in a form suitable for expression, under conditions suitable to produce such antibody or fragment, and recovering the antibody or fragment.
  • PD-L1 axis binding antagonist antibodies e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies, anti-PD-1 antibodies, and anti-PD-L2 antibodies
  • other antibodies described herein e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies for detection of PD-L1 expression levels
  • PD-L1 axis binding antagonist antibodies e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies, anti-PD-1 antibodies, and anti-PD-L2 antibodies
  • antibodies described herein e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibodies for detection of PD-L1 expression levels
  • an antibody provided herein e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody or an anti-PD-1 antibody
  • Kd dissociation constant
  • Kd is measured by a radiolabeled antigen binding assay (RIA).
  • RIA radiolabeled antigen binding assay
  • an RIA is performed with the Fab version of an antibody of interest and its antigen.
  • solution binding affinity of Fabs for antigen is measured by equilibrating Fab with a minimal concentration of ( 125 I)-labeled antigen in the presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (see, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881(1999)).
  • MICROTITER® multi-well plates (Thermo Scientific) are coated overnight with 5 ⁇ g/ml of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 mM sodium carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature (approximately 23° C.).
  • a non-adsorbent plate (Nunc #269620)
  • 100 pM or 26 pM [ 125 I]-antigen are mixed with serial dilutions of a Fab of interest (e.g., consistent with assessment of the anti-VEGF antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et al., Cancer Res.
  • the Fab of interest is then incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a longer period (e.g., about 65 hours) to ensure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the mixtures are transferred to the capture plate for incubation at room temperature (e.g., for one hour). The solution is then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20®) in PBS. When the plates have dried, 150 ⁇ l/well of scintillant (MICROSCINT-20TM; Packard) is added, and the plates are counted on a TOPCOUNTTM gamma counter (Packard) for ten minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of maximal binding are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.
  • Kd is measured using a BIACORE® surface plasmon resonance assay.
  • a BIACORE®-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) is performed at 25° C. with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at ⁇ 10 response units (RU).
  • CM5 chips ⁇ 10 response units
  • CM5 chips carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips
  • EDC N-ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride
  • NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
  • Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 ⁇ g/ml ( ⁇ 0.2 ⁇ M) before injection at a flow rate of 5 ⁇ l/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20TM) surfactant (PBST) at 25° C. at a flow rate of approximately 25 ⁇ l/min.
  • TWEEN-20TM polysorbate 20
  • association rates (k on ) and dissociation rates (k off ) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE® Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation sensorgrams.
  • the equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) is calculated as the ratio k off /k on . See, for example, Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881 (1999).
  • an antibody e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody or an anti-PD-1 antibody
  • Antibody fragments include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab′, Fab′-SH, F(ab′)2, Fv, and scFv fragments, and other fragments described below.
  • Fab, Fab′, Fab′-SH, F(ab′)2, Fv, and scFv fragments and other fragments described below.
  • Diabodies are antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites that may be bivalent or bispecific. See, for example, EP 404,097; WO 1993/01161; Hudson et al. Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003); and Hollinger et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993). Triabodies and tetrabodies are also described in Hudson et al. Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003).
  • Single-domain antibodies are antibody fragments comprising all or a portion of the heavy chain variable domain or all or a portion of the light chain variable domain of an antibody.
  • a single-domain antibody is a human single-domain antibody (Domantis, Inc., Waltham, Mass.; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,516 B1).
  • Antibody fragments can be made by various techniques, including but not limited to proteolytic digestion of an intact antibody as well as production by recombinant host cells (e.g., E. coli or phage), as described herein.
  • recombinant host cells e.g., E. coli or phage
  • an antibody e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody or an anti-PD-1 antibody
  • a chimeric antibody is a chimeric antibody.
  • Certain chimeric antibodies are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)).
  • a chimeric antibody comprises a non-human variable region (e.g., a variable region derived from a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, or non-human primate, such as a monkey) and a human constant region.
  • a chimeric antibody is a “class switched” antibody in which the class or subclass has been changed from that of the parent antibody. Chimeric antibodies include antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • a chimeric antibody is a humanized antibody.
  • a non-human antibody is humanized to reduce immunogenicity to humans, while retaining the specificity and affinity of the parental non-human antibody.
  • a humanized antibody comprises one or more variable domains in which HVRs, e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody, and FRs (or portions thereof) are derived from human antibody sequences.
  • HVRs e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody
  • FRs or portions thereof
  • a humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of a human constant region.
  • some FR residues in a humanized antibody are substituted with corresponding residues from a non-human antibody (e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived), e.g., to restore or improve antibody specificity or affinity.
  • a non-human antibody e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived
  • Human framework regions that may be used for humanization include but are not limited to: framework regions selected using the “best-fit” method (see, e.g., Sims et al. J. Immunol. 151:2296 (1993)); framework regions derived from the consensus sequence of human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chain variable regions (see, e.g., Carter et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); and Presta et al. J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993)); human mature (somatically mutated) framework regions or human germline framework regions (see, e.g., Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci.
  • an antibody e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody or an anti-PD-1 antibody
  • Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk and van de Winkel, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5: 368-74 (2001) and Lonberg, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 20:450-459 (2008).
  • Human antibodies may be prepared by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge.
  • Such animals typically contain all or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes.
  • the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated.
  • Human antibodies can also be made by hybridoma-based methods. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor J. Immunol., 133: 3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications , pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147: 86 (1991).) Human antibodies generated via human B-cell hybridoma technology are also described in Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103:3557-3562 (2006).
  • Additional methods include those described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,826 (describing production of monoclonal human IgM antibodies from hybridoma cell lines) and Ni, Xiandai Mianyixue, 26(4):265-268 (2006) (describing human-human hybridomas).
  • Human hybridoma technology Trioma technology
  • Vollmers and Brandlein, Histology and Histopathology, 20(3):927-937 (2005) and Vollmers and Brandlein, Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 27(3):185-91 (2005).
  • Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human-derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain. Techniques for selecting human antibodies from antibody libraries are described below.
  • Antibodies of the invention may be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired activity or activities. For example, a variety of methods are known in the art for generating phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies possessing the desired binding characteristics. Such methods are reviewed, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al.
  • repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., 12: 433-455 (1994).
  • Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments.
  • scFv single-chain Fv
  • Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas.
  • naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths et al., EMBO J, 12: 725-734 (1993).
  • naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning unrearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227: 381-388 (1992).
  • Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0079574, 2005/0119455, 2005/0266000, 2007/0117126. 2007/0160598, 2007/0237764, 2007/0292936, and 2009/0002360.
  • Antibodies or antibody fragments isolated from human antibody libraries are considered human antibodies or human antibody fragments herein.
  • an antibody e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody or an anti-PD-1 antibody
  • Multispecific antibodies are monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different sites.
  • an antibody provided herein is a multispecific antibody, e.g., a bispecific antibody.
  • one of the binding specificities is for PD-L1 and the other is for any other antigen.
  • bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of PD-L1.
  • Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express PD-L1.
  • Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments.
  • Multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, recombinant co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs having different specificities (see Milstein and Cuello, Nature 305: 537 (1983)), WO 93/08829, and Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 10: 3655 (1991)), and “knob-in-hole” engineering (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168). Multi-specific antibodies may also be made by engineering electrostatic steering effects for making antibody Fc-heterodimeric molecules (see, e.g., WO 2009/089004A1); cross-linking two or more antibodies or fragments (see, e.g., U.S.
  • the antibody or fragment herein also includes a “Dual Acting FAb” or “DAF” comprising an antigen binding site that binds to PD-L1 as well as another, different antigen.
  • a “Dual Acting FAb” or “DAF” comprising an antigen binding site that binds to PD-L1 as well as another, different antigen.
  • amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies of the invention are contemplated.
  • Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, for example, antigen-binding.
  • antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided.
  • Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the HVRs and FRs.
  • Conservative substitutions are shown in Table 2 under the heading of “preferred substitutions.” More substantial changes are provided in Table 2 under the heading of “exemplary substitutions,” and as further described below in reference to amino acid side chain classes.
  • Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, for example, retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved Antibody-Dependent Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity (ADCC) or Complement Dependant Cytotoxicity (CDC).
  • ADCC Antibody-Dependent Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity
  • CDC Complement Dependant Cytotoxicity
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class.
  • substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g., a humanized or human antibody).
  • a parent antibody e.g., a humanized or human antibody
  • the resulting variant(s) selected for further study will have modifications (e.g., improvements) in certain biological properties (e.g., increased affinity and/or reduced immunogenicity) relative to the parent antibody and/or will have substantially retained certain biological properties of the parent antibody.
  • An exemplary substitutional variant is an affinity matured antibody, which may be conveniently generated, for example, using phage display-based affinity maturation techniques such as those described herein. Briefly, one or more HVR residues are mutated and the variant antibodies displayed on phage and screened for a particular biological activity (e.g., binding affinity).
  • Alterations may be made in HVRs, e.g., to improve antibody affinity. Such alterations may be made in HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process (see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207:179-196 (2008)), and/or residues that contact antigen, with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity.
  • HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207:179-196 (2008)
  • residues that contact antigen with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity.
  • Affinity maturation by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries has been described, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al.
  • HVR-directed approaches in which several HVR residues (e.g., 4-6 residues at a time) are randomized. HVR residues involved in antigen binding may be specifically identified, e.g., using alanine scanning mutagenesis or modeling. CDR-H3 and CDR-L3 in particular are often targeted.
  • substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more HVRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen.
  • conservative alterations e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein
  • Such alterations may, for example, be outside of antigen-contacting residues in the HVRs.
  • each HVR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
  • a useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244:1081-1085.
  • a residue or group of target residues e.g., charged residues such as Arg, Asp, His, Lys, and Glu
  • a neutral or negatively charged amino acid e.g., alanine or polyalanine
  • Further substitutions may be introduced at the amino acid locations demonstrating functional sensitivity to the initial substitutions.
  • a crystal structure of an antigen-antibody complex to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution.
  • Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.
  • Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues.
  • terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue.
  • Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme (e.g., for ADEPT) or a polypeptide which increases the serum half-life of the antibody.
  • antibodies of the invention can be altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody is glycosylated.
  • Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites to an antibody of the invention may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.
  • the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered.
  • Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CH2 domain of the Fc region. See, e.g., Wright et al. TIBTECH 15:26-32 (1997).
  • the oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the “stem” of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure.
  • modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody of the invention may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.
  • antibody variants having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc region.
  • the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%.
  • the amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e. g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example.
  • Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc region (EU numbering of Fc region residues); however, Asn297 may also be located about ⁇ 3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies. Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, for example, U.S. Patent Publication Nos. US 2003/0157108 and US 2004/0093621.
  • Examples of publications related to “defucosylated” or “fucose-deficient” antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO2005/053742; WO2002/031140; Okazaki et al. J. Mol. Biol. 336:1239-1249 (2004); Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng.
  • Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Lec13 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249:533-545 (1986); U.S. Pat. Appl. No. US 2003/0157108 A1; and WO 2004/056312 A1, Adams et al., especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha-1,6-fucosytransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng., 94(4):680-688 (2006); and WO2003/085107).
  • Antibody variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, for example, in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878; U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684; and US 2005/0123546. Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region are also provided. Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function. Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087; WO 1998/58964; and WO 1999/22764.
  • one or more amino acid modifications may be introduced into the Fc region of an antibody of the invention, thereby generating an Fc region variant.
  • the Fc region variant may comprise a human Fc region sequence (e.g., a human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc region) comprising an amino acid modification (e.g., a substitution) at one or more amino acid positions.
  • the invention contemplates an antibody variant that possesses some but not all effector functions, which make it a desirable candidate for applications in which the half life of the antibody in vivo is important yet certain effector functions (such as complement and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious.
  • In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities.
  • Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the antibody lacks Fc ⁇ R binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity), but retains FcRn binding ability.
  • NK cells express Fc ⁇ RIII only, whereas monocytes express Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RII and Fc ⁇ RIII.
  • FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9:457-492 (1991).
  • Non-limiting examples of in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 (see, e.g., Hellstrom, I. et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:7059-7063 (1986)) and Hellstrom, I et al., Proc. Natl.
  • non-radioactive assays methods may be employed (see, for example, ACTITM non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay for flow cytometry (CellTechnology, Inc. Mountain View, Calif.; and CYTOTOX 96® non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay (Promega, Madison, Wis.))).
  • Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells.
  • ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in a animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:652-656 (1998).
  • C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. See, e.g., C1q and C3c binding ELISA in WO 2006/029879 and WO 2005/100402.
  • a CDC assay may be performed (see, e.g., Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol.
  • FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half life determinations can also be performed using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Petkova et al. Int'l. Immunol. 18(12):1759-1769 (2006)).
  • Antibodies with reduced effector function include those with substitution of one or more of Fc region residues 238, 265, 269, 270, 297, 327 and 329 (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,737,056 and 8,219,149).
  • Fc mutants include Fc mutants with substitutions at two or more of amino acid positions 265, 269, 270, 297 and 327, including the so-called “DANA” Fc mutant with substitution of residues 265 and 297 to alanine (U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,332,581 and 8,219,149).
  • an antibody variant comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions which improve ADCC, e.g., substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc region (EU numbering of residues).
  • alterations are made in the Fc region that result in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) C1q binding and/or Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,551, WO 99/51642, and Idusogie et al. J. Immunol. 164: 4178-4184 (2000).
  • CDC Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity
  • Antibodies with increased half lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn), which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus are described in US2005/0014934A1 (Hinton et al.). Those antibodies comprise an Fc region with one or more substitutions therein which improve binding of the Fc region to FcRn.
  • Such Fc variants include those with substitutions at one or more of Fc region residues: 238, 256., 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424 or 434, e.g., substitution of Fc region residue 434 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,371,826).
  • cysteine engineered antibodies e.g., “thioMAbs.”
  • one or more residues of an antibody are substituted with cysteine residues.
  • the substituted residues occur at accessible sites of the antibody.
  • reactive thiol groups are thereby positioned at accessible sites of the antibody and may be used to conjugate the antibody to other moieties, such as drug moieties or linker-drug moieties, to create an immunoconjugate, as described further herein.
  • any one or more of the following residues may be substituted with cysteine: V205 (Kabat numbering) of the light chain; A118 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; and S400 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain Fc region.
  • Cysteine engineered antibodies may be generated as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 7,521,541.
  • an antibody provided herein may be further modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available.
  • the moieties suitable for derivatization of the antibody include but are not limited to water soluble polymers.
  • water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1, 3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, propropylene glycol homopolymers, prolypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glyce
  • Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water.
  • the polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched.
  • the number of polymers attached to the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymer is attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved, whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.
  • conjugates of an antibody and nonproteinaceous moiety that may be selectively heated by exposure to radiation are provided.
  • the nonproteinaceous moiety is a carbon nanotube (Kam et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102: 11600-11605 (2005)).
  • the radiation may be of any wavelength, and includes, but is not limited to, wavelengths that do not harm ordinary cells, but which heat the nonproteinaceous moiety to a temperature at which cells proximal to the antibody-nonproteinaceous moiety are killed.
  • the invention also provides immunoconjugates comprising an antibody herein (e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody or an anti-PD-1 antibody) conjugated to one or more cytotoxic agents, such as chemotherapeutic agents or drugs, growth inhibitory agents, toxins (e.g., protein toxins, enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or radioactive isotopes.
  • cytotoxic agents such as chemotherapeutic agents or drugs, growth inhibitory agents, toxins (e.g., protein toxins, enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or radioactive isotopes.
  • an immunoconjugate is an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) in which an antibody is conjugated to one or more drugs, including but not limited to a maytansinoid (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020, 5,416,064 and European Patent EP 0 425 235 B1); an auristatin such as monomethylauristatin drug moieties DE and DF (MMAE and MMAF) (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,635,483 and 5,780,588, and 7,498,298); a dolastatin; a calicheamicin or derivative thereof (see U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • ADC antibody-drug conjugate
  • drugs including but not limited to a maytansinoid (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020, 5,416,064 and European Patent EP 0 425 235 B1); an auristatin such as monomethylauristatin drug moieties DE and DF (MMAE and
  • an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody as described herein conjugated to an enzymatically active toxin or fragment thereof, including but not limited to diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa ), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes.
  • an enzymatically active toxin or fragment thereof including but not limited to diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain
  • an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody as described herein conjugated to a radioactive atom to form a radioconjugate.
  • a variety of radioactive isotopes are available for the production of radioconjugates. Examples include At 211 , I 131 , I 125 , Y 90 , Re 188 , Re 188 , Sm 153 , Bi 212 , P 32 , Pb 212 and radioactive isotopes of Lu.
  • the radioconjugate When used for detection, it may comprise a radioactive atom for scintigraphic studies, for example tc99m or I123, or a spin label for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging (also known as magnetic resonance imaging, mri), such as iodine-123 again, iodine-131, indium-111, fluorine-19, carbon-13, nitrogen-15, oxygen-17, gadolinium, manganese or iron.
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
  • Conjugates of an antibody and cytotoxic agent may be made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl) cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as
  • a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science 238:1098 (1987).
  • Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
  • the linker may be a “cleavable linker” facilitating release of a cytotoxic drug in the cell.
  • an acid-labile linker, peptidase-sensitive linker, photolabile linker, dimethyl linker or disulfide-containing linker (Chan et al., Cancer Res. 52:127-131 (1992); U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020) may be used.
  • the immunoconjugates or ADCs herein expressly contemplate, but are not limited to such conjugates prepared with cross-linker reagents including, but not limited to, BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS.
  • Therapeutic formulations of the PD-L1 axis binding antagonists used in accordance with the present invention are prepared for storage by mixing the antagonist having the desired degree of purity with optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
  • an anti-PD-L1 antibody e.g., MPDL3280A
  • optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
  • Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine,
  • the formulation herein may also contain more than one active compound, preferably those with complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other.
  • the type and effective amounts of such medicaments depend, for example, on the amount and type of antagonist present in the formulation, and clinical parameters of the subjects.
  • the active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semi-permeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antagonist, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
  • copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ⁇ ethyl-L-glutamate copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ⁇ ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOTTM (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and poly-D-( ⁇ )-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
  • LUPRON DEPOTTM injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate
  • poly-D-( ⁇ )-3-hydroxybutyric acid poly-D-( ⁇ )-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
  • the formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • any of the above articles of manufacture may include an immunoconjugate described herein in place of or in addition to a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • diagnostic kits comprising one or more reagents for determining the presence of a biomarker (e.g., PD-L1 expression levels, for instance, in tumor-infiltrating immune cells) in a sample from an individual or patient with a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer, including bladder cancer).
  • a biomarker e.g., PD-L1 expression levels, for instance, in tumor-infiltrating immune cells
  • the presence of the biomarker in the sample indicates a higher likelihood of efficacy when the individual is treated with a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the absence of the biomarker in the sample indicates a lower likelihood of efficacy when the individual with the disease is treated with the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist.
  • the kit may further include instructions to use the kit to select a medicament (e.g., a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, such as an anti-PD-L1 antibody such as MPDL3280A) for treating the disease or disorder if the individual expresses the biomarker in the sample.
  • a medicament e.g., a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist, such as an anti-PD-L1 antibody such as MPDL3280A
  • the instructions are to use the kit to select a medicament other than PD-L1 axis binding antagonist if the individual does not express the biomarker in the sample.
  • a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody
  • a package insert indicating that the PD-L1 axis binding antagonist (e.g., anti-PD-L1 antibody) is for treating a patient with a disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) based on the expression of a biomarker.
  • Treatment methods include any of the treatment methods disclosed herein.
  • the invention also concerns a method for manufacturing an article of manufacture comprising combining in a package a pharmaceutical composition comprising a PD-L1 axis binding antagonist (e.g., an anti-PD-L1 antibody) and a package insert indicating that the pharmaceutical composition is for treating a patient with a disease or disorder based on expression of a biomarker (e.g., PD-L1 expression levels, for instance, in tumor cells and/or tumor-infiltrating immune cells).
  • a biomarker e.g., PD-L1 expression levels, for instance, in tumor cells and/or tumor-infiltrating immune cells.
  • the article of manufacture may include, for example, a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and the like.
  • the container may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • the container holds or contains a composition comprising the cancer medicament as the active agent and may have a sterile access port (e.g., the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • the article of manufacture may further include a second container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent buffer, such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution, and/or dextrose solution.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent buffer such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution, and/or dextrose solution.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • phosphate-buffered saline such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution, and/or dextrose solution.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • phosphate-buffered saline such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution, and/or dextrose
  • the article of manufacture of the present invention also includes information, for example in the form of a package insert, indicating that the composition is used for treating cancer based on the expression level of the biomarker(s) herein.
  • the insert or label may take any form, such as paper or on electronic media such as a magnetically recorded medium (e.g., floppy disk), a CD-ROM, a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and the like.
  • the label or insert may also include other information concerning the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms in the kit or article of manufacture.
  • Formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue sections were deparaffinized prior to antigen retrieval, blocking and incubation with primary anti-PD-L1 antibody. Following incubation with secondary antibody and enzymatic color development, sections were counterstained and dehydrated in series of alcohols and xylenes before coverslipping.
  • the Ventana Benchmark XT or Benchmark Ultra system was used to perform PD-L1 IHC staining using the following reagents and materials:
  • FFPE Formalin-fixed paraffin embedded
  • Diluent Antibody dilution buffer (Tris-buffered saline containing carrier protein and BRIJTM-35)
  • Negative control Naive Rabbit IgG at 6.5 ⁇ g/ml (Cell Signaling) or diluent alone
  • Detection Optiview or ultraView Universal DAB Detection kit (Ventana), and amplification kit (if applicable) were used according to manufacturer's instructions (Ventana).
  • Counterstain Ventana Hematoxylin II (cat #790-2208)/with Bluing reagent (Cat #760-2037) (4 minutes and 4 minutes, respectively)
  • the Ventana Benchmark Protocol was as follows: 1. paraffin (Selected)
  • UBC urothelial bladder cancer
  • the association between PD-L1 expression in tumor-infiltrating immune cells within urothelial bladder cancer (UBC) tumors with benefit from treatment with PD-L1 axis binding antagonists was evaluated.
  • Key eligibility criteria included measurable disease per Response Evaluation Criteria In Solid Tumors (RECIST) v1.1 and an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status (PS) of 0 or 1.
  • RECIST Solid Tumors
  • ECOG Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group
  • PS Performance Status
  • the UBC cohort originally enrolled patients with PD-L1 IC scores of IC2/3 but was then expanded to include all-comers, primarily recruiting PD-L1 IC0/1 patients.
  • PD-L1 IC scores were scored as shown in Table 3.
  • the expression level of PD-L1 in the UBC tumor microenvironment was evaluated by performing IHC using a rabbit monoclonal anti-PD-L1 primary antibody (see Example 1). This assay is optimized for detection of PD-L1 expression level in both tumor-infiltrating immune cells and in tumor cells (TC).
  • FIG. 1B shows the prevalence of PD-L1 expression at the different IC score cutoffs in archival tumor tissue from patients prescreened in the phase Ia study.
  • FIG. 1C shows an example of a UBC tumor section showing PD-L1 expression in IC as assessed by PD-L1 IHC.
  • the IHC assay was highly sensitive and specific for PD-L1 expression.
  • ORRs objective response rates associated with higher PD-L1 expression in ICs
  • FIG. 2 For example, ORRs were 50% and 17% in IC2/3 and IC0/1 patients, respectively ( FIG. 2 ). 20% of IC2/3 patients had a complete response (CR), and 30% had a partial response (PR) ( FIG. 2 ).
  • Responders also included patients with visceral metastases at baseline: 38% ORR (95% confidence interval (CI), 21-56) in 32 IC2/3 patients and 14% (95% Cl, 5-30) ORR in 36 IC0/1 patients.
  • the median time to response was 62 days (IC2/3 patients, range 1+ to 10+ months; IC0/1 patients, range 1+ to 7+ months). 20 of 30 responding patients had ongoing responses at the time of data cutoff (Dec. 2, 2014). The median duration of response (DOR) was not reached as of the data cutoff.
  • FIGS. 5A and 5B The median progression free-survival (mPFS) and 1-year PFS rates were higher in atezolizumab-treated patients with higher PD-L1 expression ( FIG. 5A ). The same association was observed for 1-year overall survival (OS) rates, and the median overall survival (OS) was not yet reached as of the data cutoff ( FIGS. 5A and 5B ). The 1-year OS rates were 57% and 38% for IC2/3 and IC0/1 patients, respectively ( FIG. 5A ).
  • Atezolizumab (MPDL3280A) has demonstrated promising clinical activity in a heavily pre-treated metastatic UBC cohort with encouraging survival and clinically meaningful responses.
  • PD-L1 expression in ICs appeared to be a predictive biomarker for response to PD-L1 axis binding antagonists such as the anti-PD-L1 antibody atezolizumab (MPDL3280A).
  • Example 3 Phase Ia Study Examining the Association of Immunoblocker Signature and CTLA4 Expression Levels on Therapy with Response of UBC Patients to Atezolizumab
  • CTLA4, BTLA, LAG3, HAVCR2, and PD1 represent potential biomarkers for response of UBC patients to treatment with PD-L1 axis binding antagonists, including the anti-PD-L1 antibody atezolizumab.
  • One cohort consisted of patients who were treatment na ⁇ ve in the metastatic setting and considered to be cisplatin-ineligible.
  • the second cohort consisted of patients with inoperable locally advanced or metastatic urothelial carcinoma whose disease had progressed after prior platinum-based chemotherapy and received a fixed dose of 1200 mg intravenous atezolizumab administered on Day 1 of each 21-day cycle. Dose interruptions were allowed, but dose reductions were not permitted. Patients were informed of the potential for pseudo-progression as part of the consent process and advised to discuss treatment beyond progression with their study physician. Patients were permitted to continue atezolizumab treatment after RECIST v1.1 criteria for progressive disease if they met pre-specified criteria for clinical benefit to allow for identification of non-conventional responses.
  • ORR objective response rate
  • IRF independent review facility
  • RECIST v1.1 may be inadequate to fully capture the benefit of the unique patterns of response from immunotherapeutic agents
  • T4b histologically or cytologically documented locally advanced (T4b, any N; or any T, N 2-3) or metastatic (M1, Stage IV) urothelial carcinoma (including renal pelvis, ureter, urinary bladder, urethra).
  • Eligible patients had an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status of 0 or 1; measurable disease defined by RECIST v1.1; adequate hematologic and end-organ function; and no autoimmune disease or active infections.
  • FFPE Formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded
  • Measurable and evaluable lesions were assessed and documented prior to treatment. Patients underwent tumor assessments every nine weeks for the first 12 months following Cycle 1, Day 1. After 12 months, tumor assessments were performed every 12 weeks. Safety assessments were performed according to National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (NCI CTCAE), Version 4.0. Samples of archived tumor tissues, as well as serum and plasma samples, were collected for exploratory biomarker assessments.
  • NCI CTCAE National Cancer Institute Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events
  • PD-L1 tumor-infiltrating immune cell (IC) status was defined by the percentage of PD-L1 positive ICs: IC0 ( ⁇ 1%); IC1 (1% but ⁇ 5%); and IC2/3 (5%). Areas of Bacillus Calmette-Guérin (BCG) inflammatory response were excluded from the assessment of PD-L1 IC status.
  • BCG Bacillus Calmette-Guérin
  • the pre-screening biopsies were collected from archived paraffin-embedded tissue. Patients were required to have tissue sent to the central laboratory before study entry. Samples were processed at the time of screening. Formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tumor tissue was stained prospectively for PD-L1 by immunohistochemistry using SP142. Samples were scored for PD-L1 expression on tumor-infiltrating immune cells, which included macrophages, dendritic cells and lymphocytes. Specimens were scored as immunohistochemistry IC 0, 1, 2, or 3 if ⁇ 1%, ⁇ 1% but ⁇ 5%, ⁇ 5% but ⁇ 10%, or ⁇ 10% of tumor-infiltrating immune cells were PD-L1 positive, respectively.
  • RNA Access RNA-seq Gene expression levels were quantified by Illumina TruSeq RNA Access RNA-seq (see Wu et al. Bioinformatics 26:873-81, 2010; Law et al. Genome Biol. 15:R29, 2014; Ritchie et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 43:e47, 2015). Molecular subtypes were assigned following TCGA (see, e.g., Cancer Genome Atlas Research Network Nature 507:315-22, 2014 and Jiang et al. Bioinformatics 23:306-13, 2007, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), with some modifications to adapt for the use of RNA Access RNA-seq platform for FFPE tissues.
  • Double stranded cDNA underwent end-repair, A-tailing, and ligation of Illumina specific adapters include index sequences for sample barcoding.
  • the resulting libraries were PCR amplified and quantified to determine yield and size distribution. All libraries were normalized and four libraries were pooled into a single hybridization/capture reaction. Pooled libraries were incubated with a cocktail of biotinylated oligos corresponding to coding regions of the genome. Targeted library molecules were captured via hybridized biotinylated oligo probes using streptavidin-conjugated beads. After two rounds of hybridization/capture reactions, the enriched library molecules were subjected to a second round of PCR amplification prior to paired-end 2 ⁇ 50 sequencing on the Illumina HiSeq.
  • GSNAP version 2013-10-10-10-10-10-10-10-10
  • size factors were computed using the DESeq algorithm (see vo der Maase et al. J Clin. Oncol. 23:4602-
  • voom provides log-transformed results suitable for visualization.
  • voom also provides per-observation weights which permit application of the limma empirical Bayes framework for differential expression testing, relative to PD-L1 IHC IC or response (see De Santis et al. J Clin. Oncol. 30:191-9, 2012; Bellmunt et al. J. Clin. Oncol. 27:4454-61, 2009).
  • TCGA Molecular subtyping was based on molecular subtypes in bladder suggested by TCGA and described in Dong et al. (2002) Nat Med. 8:793-800.
  • the TCGA classifier could not be directly applied to our data, due to significant differences in per-gene signal behavior between standard poly(A) RNA-seq for fresh material and RNA Access RNA-seq for FFPE material. Instead, our samples were clustered according to the expression of the following genes, which correspond to TCGA's FIG. 3 : FGFR3, CDKN2A, KRT5, KRT14, EGFR, GATA3, FOXA1, and ERBB2 (see Dong et al. Nat. Med. 8:793-800. 2002).
  • Efficacy analyses were based on the intent-to-treat (ITT) population.
  • Objective response rate was determined on the objective response-evaluable population, defined as intent-to-treat patients who had measurable disease per RECIST v1.1 at baseline, and duration-of-response analyses were performed on the subset of patients who achieved an objective response.
  • a hierarchical fixed-sequence testing procedure was used to compare the objective response rate between the treatment arm and a historical control of 10% for three pre-specified populations: objective response-evaluable patients with a PD-L1 IHC score of [i] IC2/3; [ii] IC1/2/3; and [iii] all objective response-evaluable patients.
  • Example 5 Results of Phase II Study Examining the Association of Atezolizumab and TCGA Subtype in Patients with Locally Advanced and Metastatic Carcinoma
  • Table 4 summarizes the baseline characteristics of the patients. 41% of patients had received two or more prior systemic regimens for metastatic disease. Many patients had adverse prognostic risk factors, including, visceral and/or liver metastasis at study entry (78% and 31%, respectively), and baseline hemoglobin ⁇ 10 g/dL (22%).
  • PD-L1 IC2/3 prevalence was higher in resection and TURBT specimens versus biopsies from primary lesions or metastatic sites (39% and 34% versus 17% and 8%, respectively).
  • Patients were evenly distributed between the PD-L1 IC groups: IC0 (33%), IC1 (35%), and IC2/3 (32%). Baseline characteristics were well balanced between the IC2/3 group, IC1/2/3 group and the intent to treat population (Table 4).
  • the odds ratio of having a confirmed responder by IRF per RECIST v1.1 is 4.12 (95% Cl: 1.71, 9.90) for the IC2/3 group compared with the IC0 group and 1.30 (95% Cl: 0.49, 3.47) for the IC1 group compared with the IC0 group, when Bellmunt risk score is controlled.
  • the logistic regression results are consistent with the subgroup analyses.
  • the ORR per IRF RECIST v1.1 was 26% (95% Cl 16 to 37), 18% (95% Cl 12 to 25), and 16% (95% Cl 11 to 21) for the IC2/3, IC1/2/3, and all-comer populations, respectively.
  • the ORR per IRF RECIST v1.1 was 32% (95% Cl 14 to 55), 20% (95% Cl 10 to 35), and 14% (95% Cl 7 to 24) for the IC2/3, IC1/2/3, and all-comer populations, respectively.
  • the median progression-free survival (PFS) (RECIST v1.1) was 2.1 months among all patients (95% Cl, 2.1 to 2.1) and similar across all IC groups.
  • the investigator-assessed median PFS by modified RECIST criteria was 4.0 months (95% Cl, 2.6 to 5.9) in the IC2/3 group compared to 2.9 months (95% Cl, 2.1 to 4.1) in the IC1/2/3 group and 2.7 months (95% Cl, 2.1 to 3.9) in all patients.
  • the median overall survival was 11.4 months (95% Cl, 9.0 to not estimable) for the IC2/3 group, 8.8 months (95% Cl, 7.1 to 10.6) in the IC1/2/3 group, and 7.9 months (95% Cl, 6.6 to 9.3) for the entire cohort of patients ( FIG. 9D ).
  • the 12-month landmark overall survival rate was 48% in the IC2/3 (95% Cl, 38 to 58) group, 39% in the IC1/2/3 (95% Cl, 32 to 46) group, and 36% (95% Cl, 30 to 41) in the intent to treat population.
  • the median duration of treatment was 12 weeks (range, 0 to 66). All cause, any grade adverse events were reported in 97% of patients, with 55% of patients experiencing a grade 3-4 event (see Table 9). Sixty-nine percent of patients had a treatment-related adverse event (AE) of any grade, and 16% of patients had a grade 3-4 related event. Treatment-related serious adverse events were observed in 11% of patients. There were no treatment-related deaths reported on study. The majority of treatment-related adverse events were mild to moderate in nature, with fatigue (30%), nausea (14%), decreased appetite (12%) pruritus (10%), pyrexia (9%), diarrhea (8%), rash (7%), and arthralgia (7%) among the most common any grade events (Table 8; see Table 9 for all cause adverse events). The incidence of grade 3-4 treatment-related adverse events was low with fatigue the most commonly occurring at 2% (Table 8). There were no reports of febrile neutropenia.
  • PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression on tumor infiltrating immune cells was associated with expression of genes in a CD8 T effector set (T eff ) ( FIG. 12A ).
  • T eff CD8 T effector set
  • T H 1 interferon- ⁇ -inducible T helper 1
  • FIG. 13A A similar, though less pronounced, trend was also seen with respect to other genes in the set
  • FIG. 13A Consistent with increased T-cell trafficking chemokine expression, tumor CD8+ T cell infiltration was also associated with both PD-L1 IC ( FIG. 12C . P ⁇ 0.001) and response to atezolizumab ( FIG
  • the 12-month OS rate in the entire cohort that included approximately 42% of patients treated in the third- or later-line was 48% (95% Cl, 38 to 58) in the IC2/3 group, 39% in the IC1/2/3 (95% Cl, 32 to 46), group and 36% (95% Cl, 30 to 41) in the ITT population.
  • These OS results compare favorably to a landmark 12-month survival rate of 20% (95% Cl, 17 to 24) from a pooled analysis of ten Phase 2 trials that evaluated 646 patients who received second-line chemotherapy or biologics (see Agarwal et al. Clin. Genitourin. Cancer 12:130-7, 2014).
  • higher levels of PD-L1 immunohistochemistry expression on immune cells were associated with a higher response rate to atezolizumab and longer overall survival.
  • the frequency of PD-L1 expression on tumor cells was low and did not show an association with objective response, lending further support to the importance of adaptive immunity in driving clinical benefit to immune checkpoint inhibitors.
  • immune activation gene subsets e.g., CXCL9 and CD8A
  • other immune checkpoint genes PD-L1, CTLA-4, and TIGIT, data not shown
  • IC but not TC PD-L1 expression suggests that the IC PD-L1 expression represents adaptive immune regulation and the presence of a pre-existing (but suppressed) immune response in urothelial carcinoma tumors (see Herbst et al. Nature 515:563-7, 2014).
  • TIGIT negative regulators
  • the molecular subtypes identified by the TCGA analysis were also associated with response to atezolizumab, suggesting that in addition to PD-L1 expression, subtypes differed in underlying immune biology. While responses were observed across all TCGA subtypes, significantly higher response rates were observed in the luminal cluster II subtype, which was characterized by transcriptional signatures associated with the presence of activated T effector cells. In contrast, luminal cluster I was associated with low expression of CD8+ effector genes, lower PD-L1 IC/TC expression, and lower responses to atezolizumab, consistent with a landscape often devoid of pre-existing immune activity. Basal clusters III and IV were also associated with increased PD-L1 IC expression as well as CD8+ effector genes.
  • basal clusters III/IV also exhibited high PD-L1 TC expression.
  • the reduced response rates in the basal subtypes compared to luminal cluster II strongly suggest that other immunosuppressive factors exist in the basal subtypes that prevent effective T cell activation with inhibition of the PD-L1/PD-1 pathway.
  • the differences in the immune landscape of luminal versus basal subtypes highlight the need to further understand the underlying immune biology to develop future rational combination or sequential treatment strategies.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
US15/790,680 2015-05-29 2017-10-23 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer Abandoned US20180037655A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/790,680 US20180037655A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2017-10-23 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US16/655,495 US11535671B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2019-10-17 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US18/237,114 US20240190967A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2023-08-23 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562168669P 2015-05-29 2015-05-29
US201662301599P 2016-02-29 2016-02-29
PCT/US2016/034664 WO2016196298A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2016-05-27 Therapeutic and diagnolstic methods for cancer
US15/790,680 US20180037655A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2017-10-23 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2016/034664 Continuation WO2016196298A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2016-05-27 Therapeutic and diagnolstic methods for cancer

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/655,495 Continuation US11535671B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2019-10-17 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20180037655A1 true US20180037655A1 (en) 2018-02-08

Family

ID=56236061

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/790,680 Abandoned US20180037655A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2017-10-23 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US16/655,495 Active 2036-12-22 US11535671B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2019-10-17 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US18/237,114 Abandoned US20240190967A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2023-08-23 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/655,495 Active 2036-12-22 US11535671B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2019-10-17 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US18/237,114 Abandoned US20240190967A1 (en) 2015-05-29 2023-08-23 Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (3) US20180037655A1 (ja)
EP (3) EP3303632B2 (ja)
JP (2) JP7144935B2 (ja)
KR (1) KR20180012753A (ja)
CN (1) CN107532217A (ja)
AU (2) AU2016270625B2 (ja)
CA (1) CA2984003A1 (ja)
ES (1) ES2789500T5 (ja)
HK (1) HK1248773A1 (ja)
IL (2) IL294138A (ja)
MX (2) MX2017014736A (ja)
PL (1) PL3303632T5 (ja)
WO (1) WO2016196298A1 (ja)

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019157353A1 (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-15 Beigene, Ltd. Immunotherapy for urothelial carcinoma
US10596257B2 (en) 2016-01-08 2020-03-24 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Methods of treating CEA-positive cancers using PD-1 axis binding antagonists and anti-CEA/anti-CD3 bispecific antibodies
WO2020132363A1 (en) * 2018-12-19 2020-06-25 Strata Oncology, Inc. Methods of detecting and treating subjects with checkpoint inhibitor-responsive cancer
US10695400B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2020-06-30 Enb Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating cancers associated with ETBR activation
US11066442B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2021-07-20 Enb Therapeutics, Inc. Deuterated compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancers associated with ETBR activation
WO2021154761A1 (en) 2020-01-27 2021-08-05 Genentech, Inc. Methods for treatment of cancer with an anti-tigit antagonist antibody
US11186637B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2021-11-30 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Anti-PD1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
WO2022232503A1 (en) 2021-04-30 2022-11-03 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic and diagnostic methods and compositions for cancer
US11512132B2 (en) 2014-07-03 2022-11-29 Beigene, Ltd. Anti-PD-L1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
US11534431B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2022-12-27 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Combination of a PD-1 antagonist and a RAF inhibitor for treating cancer
US11555038B2 (en) 2017-01-25 2023-01-17 Beigene, Ltd. Crystalline forms of (S)-7-(1-(but-2-ynoyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11597768B2 (en) 2017-06-26 2023-03-07 Beigene, Ltd. Immunotherapy for hepatocellular carcinoma
US11701357B2 (en) 2016-08-19 2023-07-18 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Treatment of B cell cancers using a combination comprising Btk inhibitors
US11786529B2 (en) 2017-11-29 2023-10-17 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Treatment of indolent or aggressive B-cell lymphomas using a combination comprising BTK inhibitors
WO2023220703A1 (en) 2022-05-12 2023-11-16 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions comprising a shp2 inhibitor and a pd-l1 binding antagonist
WO2023240058A2 (en) 2022-06-07 2023-12-14 Genentech, Inc. Prognostic and therapeutic methods for cancer
EP4010022A4 (en) * 2019-08-09 2024-01-17 The Regents of University of California COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF BLADDER CANCER
WO2024049949A1 (en) * 2022-09-01 2024-03-07 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for bladder cancer
WO2024163494A1 (en) 2023-01-31 2024-08-08 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Methods and compositions for treating non-small cell lung cancer and triple-negative breast cancer
WO2024163009A1 (en) 2023-01-31 2024-08-08 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating urothelial bladder cancer
WO2024186790A1 (en) 2023-03-06 2024-09-12 Genentech, Inc. Prognostic and therapeutic methods for non-small cell lung cancer

Families Citing this family (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2789500T5 (es) 2015-05-29 2023-09-20 Hoffmann La Roche Procedimientos terapéuticos y de diagnóstico para el cáncer
CN107459578B (zh) * 2016-05-31 2021-11-26 泰州迈博太科药业有限公司 一种靶向cd47与pd-l1的双功能融合蛋白
IL263616B1 (en) 2016-07-07 2024-09-01 Univ Leland Stanford Junior Antibody-adjuvant conjugates
CN106636392A (zh) * 2016-12-16 2017-05-10 广州泰诺迪生物科技有限公司 一种检测肿瘤微环境相关抗原表达的方法
US11377697B2 (en) 2017-01-11 2022-07-05 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Biomarkers predictive of anti-immune checkpoint response
JP2020507596A (ja) * 2017-02-16 2020-03-12 メディミューン，エルエルシー 膀胱癌の抗ｐｄ−ｌ１抗体治療
EP3589754B1 (en) 2017-03-01 2023-06-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Diagnostic and therapeutic methods for cancer
KR20200005540A (ko) * 2017-04-14 2020-01-15 제넨테크, 인크. 암의 진단 및 치료 방법
CN110753845B (zh) * 2017-06-29 2023-08-22 烟台载通生物技术有限公司 用于实体瘤诊断的生物标志物绝对定量的方法和装置
MX2020004567A (es) * 2017-11-06 2020-08-13 Genentech Inc Metodos diagnosticos y terapeuticos para el cancer.
EP3715377A4 (en) * 2017-11-20 2021-06-02 Taizhou Mabtech Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd BIFUNCTIONAL FUSION PROTEIN TARGETING CD47 AND PD-L1
WO2019225787A1 (ko) 2018-05-24 2019-11-28 에이비엘바이오 주식회사 항-b7-h3 항체 및 그 용도
SG11202009130XA (en) * 2018-08-29 2020-10-29 Remegen Ltd Use of anti-her2 antibody-drug conjugate in treating urothelial carcinoma
WO2020061060A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2020-03-26 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for bladder cancer
AU2019342133A1 (en) 2018-09-21 2021-04-22 Genentech, Inc. Diagnostic methods for triple-negative breast cancer
CN111206093A (zh) * 2018-11-21 2020-05-29 立森印迹诊断技术（无锡）有限公司 一种用于检测浸润性膀胱癌的标志物及其应用
CN113228190B (zh) * 2018-12-23 2024-06-11 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 分类和/或鉴定癌症亚型的系统和方法
EP3921443A1 (en) * 2019-02-08 2021-12-15 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Diagnostic and therapeutic methods for cancer
US20220107320A1 (en) * 2019-02-15 2022-04-07 Incelldx, Inc. Assaying Bladder-Associated Samples, Identifying and Treating Bladder-Associated Neoplasia, and Kits for Use Therein
AU2020241686A1 (en) 2019-03-15 2021-11-04 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Immunoconjugates targeting HER2
IL299039A (en) 2020-06-16 2023-02-01 Genentech Inc Methods and preparations for the treatment of triple-negative breast cancer
WO2022003554A1 (en) * 2020-07-01 2022-01-06 Pfizer Inc. Biomarkers for pd-1 axis binding antagonist therapy
KR102524548B1 (ko) * 2020-11-06 2023-04-20 사회복지법인 삼성생명공익재단 항암제 반응성 예측용 바이오마커 및 이의 용도
WO2023068220A1 (ja) * 2021-10-18 2023-04-27 株式会社Preferred Networks 予測方法及びバイオマーカー
CN116024338B (zh) * 2022-09-27 2024-05-17 上海爱谱蒂康生物科技有限公司 生物标志物组合及其在预测药物治疗胃癌效果中的应用
WO2024077095A1 (en) * 2022-10-05 2024-04-11 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for classifying and treating bladder cancer
KR20240146969A (ko) * 2023-03-30 2024-10-08 재단법인 아산사회복지재단 젬시타빈, miR-342-3p 억제제 및 삼산화비소를 포함하는 암 예방, 개선, 또는 치료용 조성물

Family Cites Families (144)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4943A (en) 1847-01-26 Harness-buckle
US533A (en) 1837-12-26 Truss for hermta
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
CU22545A1 (es) 1994-11-18 1999-03-31 Centro Inmunologia Molecular Obtención de un anticuerpo quimérico y humanizado contra el receptor del factor de crecimiento epidérmico para uso diagnóstico y terapéutico
US4275149A (en) 1978-11-24 1981-06-23 Syva Company Macromolecular environment control in specific receptor assays
US4318980A (en) 1978-04-10 1982-03-09 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Heterogenous specific binding assay employing a cycling reactant as label
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4943533A (en) 1984-03-01 1990-07-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Hybrid cell lines that produce monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4737456A (en) 1985-05-09 1988-04-12 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Reducing interference in ligand-receptor binding assays
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
US6548640B1 (en) 1986-03-27 2003-04-15 Btg International Limited Altered antibodies
IL85035A0 (en) 1987-01-08 1988-06-30 Int Genetic Eng Polynucleotide molecule,a chimeric antibody with specificity for human b cell surface antigen,a process for the preparation and methods utilizing the same
JP3101690B2 (ja) 1987-03-18 2000-10-23 エス・ビィ・２・インコーポレイテッド 変性抗体の、または変性抗体に関する改良
US5606040A (en) 1987-10-30 1997-02-25 American Cyanamid Company Antitumor and antibacterial substituted disulfide derivatives prepared from compounds possessing a methyl-trithio group
US5770701A (en) 1987-10-30 1998-06-23 American Cyanamid Company Process for preparing targeted forms of methyltrithio antitumor agents
GB8823869D0 (en) 1988-10-12 1988-11-16 Medical Res Council Production of antibodies
EP0368684B2 (en) 1988-11-11 2004-09-29 Medical Research Council Cloning immunoglobulin variable domain sequences.
US5225538A (en) 1989-02-23 1993-07-06 Genentech, Inc. Lymphocyte homing receptor/immunoglobulin fusion proteins
DE3920358A1 (de) 1989-06-22 1991-01-17 Behringwerke Ag Bispezifische und oligospezifische, mono- und oligovalente antikoerperkonstrukte, ihre herstellung und verwendung
WO1991003489A1 (en) 1989-09-08 1991-03-21 The Johns Hopkins University Structural alterations of the egf receptor gene in human gliomas
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
CA2026147C (en) 1989-10-25 2006-02-07 Ravi J. Chari Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
DE69120146T2 (de) 1990-01-12 1996-12-12 Cell Genesys Inc Erzeugung xenogener antikörper
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6150584A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-11-21 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
DK0814159T3 (da) 1990-08-29 2005-10-24 Genpharm Int Transgene, ikke-humane dyr, der er i stand til at danne heterologe antistoffer
US5770429A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-06-23 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
WO1992009690A2 (en) 1990-12-03 1992-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties
US5571894A (en) 1991-02-05 1996-11-05 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Recombinant antibodies specific for a growth factor receptor
LU91067I2 (fr) 1991-06-14 2004-04-02 Genentech Inc Trastuzumab et ses variantes et dérivés immuno chimiques y compris les immotoxines
GB9114948D0 (en) 1991-07-11 1991-08-28 Pfizer Ltd Process for preparing sertraline intermediates
US5587458A (en) 1991-10-07 1996-12-24 Aronex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-erbB-2 antibodies, combinations thereof, and therapeutic and diagnostic uses thereof
WO1993008829A1 (en) 1991-11-04 1993-05-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions that mediate killing of hiv-infected cells
GB9300059D0 (en) 1992-01-20 1993-03-03 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
CA2372813A1 (en) 1992-02-06 1993-08-19 L.L. Houston Biosynthetic binding protein for cancer marker
ATE196606T1 (de) 1992-11-13 2000-10-15 Idec Pharma Corp Therapeutische verwendung von chimerischen und markierten antikörpern, die gegen ein differenzierung-antigen gerichtet sind, dessen expression auf menschliche b lymphozyt beschränkt ist, für die behandlung von b-zell-lymphoma
US5635483A (en) 1992-12-03 1997-06-03 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tumor inhibiting tetrapeptide bearing modified phenethyl amides
US5780588A (en) 1993-01-26 1998-07-14 Arizona Board Of Regents Elucidation and synthesis of selected pentapeptides
EP0714409A1 (en) 1993-06-16 1996-06-05 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Antibodies
GB9314893D0 (en) 1993-07-19 1993-09-01 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
PT659439E (pt) 1993-12-24 2002-04-29 Merck Patent Gmbh Imunoconjugados
IL112249A (en) 1994-01-25 2001-11-25 Warner Lambert Co Pharmaceutical compositions containing di and tricyclic pyrimidine derivatives for inhibiting tyrosine kinases of the epidermal growth factor receptor family and some new such compounds
IL112248A0 (en) 1994-01-25 1995-03-30 Warner Lambert Co Tricyclic heteroaromatic compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5679683A (en) 1994-01-25 1997-10-21 Warner-Lambert Company Tricyclic compounds capable of inhibiting tyrosine kinases of the epidermal growth factor receptor family
US5773001A (en) 1994-06-03 1998-06-30 American Cyanamid Company Conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents and intermediates for their synthesis
US5808110A (en) 1994-07-21 1998-09-15 Akzo Nobel Nv Cyclic ketone peroxide formulations
US5804396A (en) 1994-10-12 1998-09-08 Sugen, Inc. Assay for agents active in proliferative disorders
US5731168A (en) 1995-03-01 1998-03-24 Genentech, Inc. Method for making heteromultimeric polypeptides
EP1110953B1 (en) 1995-03-30 2009-10-28 Pfizer Products Inc. Quinazoline derivatives
US5869046A (en) 1995-04-14 1999-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
EP1709970A1 (en) 1995-04-27 2006-10-11 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies against EGFR, derived from immunized xenomice
GB9508565D0 (en) 1995-04-27 1995-06-14 Zeneca Ltd Quiazoline derivative
GB9508538D0 (en) 1995-04-27 1995-06-14 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
AU2466895A (en) 1995-04-28 1996-11-18 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5747498A (en) 1996-05-28 1998-05-05 Pfizer Inc. Alkynyl and azido-substituted 4-anilinoquinazolines
US5712374A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-01-27 American Cyanamid Company Method for the preparation of substantiallly monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
JPH11507535A (ja) 1995-06-07 1999-07-06 イムクローン システムズ インコーポレイテッド 腫瘍の成長を抑制する抗体および抗体フラグメント類
US5714586A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-02-03 American Cyanamid Company Methods for the preparation of monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
DK0836605T3 (da) 1995-07-06 2002-05-13 Novartis Ag Pyrrolopyrimidiner og fremgangsmåder til deres fremstilling
US5760041A (en) 1996-02-05 1998-06-02 American Cyanamid Company 4-aminoquinazoline EGFR Inhibitors
GB9603095D0 (en) 1996-02-14 1996-04-10 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
GB9603256D0 (en) 1996-02-16 1996-04-17 Wellcome Found Antibodies
NZ332119A (en) 1996-04-12 2001-08-31 Warner Lambert Co Quinazoline compounds which are irreversible inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
JP4386967B2 (ja) 1996-07-13 2009-12-16 グラクソ、グループ、リミテッド プロテインチロシンキナーゼ阻害剤としての縮合複素環式化合物
ID18494A (id) 1996-10-02 1998-04-16 Novartis Ag Turunan pirazola leburan dan proses pembuatannya
CA2273194C (en) 1996-12-03 2011-02-01 Abgenix, Inc. Transgenic mammals having human ig loci including plural vh and vk regions and antibodies produced therefrom
US6002008A (en) 1997-04-03 1999-12-14 American Cyanamid Company Substituted 3-cyano quinolines
UA73073C2 (uk) 1997-04-03 2005-06-15 Уайт Холдінгз Корпорейшн Заміщені 3-ціанохіноліни, спосіб їх одержання та фармацевтична композиція
US6235883B1 (en) 1997-05-05 2001-05-22 Abgenix, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
JP4327259B2 (ja) 1997-05-06 2009-09-09 ワイス・ホールディングズ・コーポレイション 多発性嚢胞腎の治療のためのキナゾリン化合物の使用
ATE296315T1 (de) 1997-06-24 2005-06-15 Genentech Inc Galactosylierte glykoproteine enthaltende zusammensetzungen und verfahren zur deren herstellung
ZA986729B (en) 1997-07-29 1999-02-02 Warner Lambert Co Irreversible inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
ZA986732B (en) 1997-07-29 1999-02-02 Warner Lambert Co Irreversible inhibitiors of tyrosine kinases
TW436485B (en) 1997-08-01 2001-05-28 American Cyanamid Co Substituted quinazoline derivatives
EP1028751B1 (en) 1997-10-31 2008-12-31 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions comprising glycoprotein glycoforms
HUP0004286A3 (en) 1997-11-06 2002-01-28 American Cyanamid Co Madison Use of quinazoline derivatives for producing pharmaceutical compositions for treating colonic polyps
US6610833B1 (en) 1997-11-24 2003-08-26 The Institute For Human Genetics And Biochemistry Monoclonal human natural antibodies
DK1034298T3 (da) 1997-12-05 2012-01-30 Scripps Research Inst Humanisering af murint antistof
DK1068241T3 (da) 1998-04-02 2008-02-04 Genentech Inc Antistofvarianter og fragmenter deraf
US6194551B1 (en) 1998-04-02 2001-02-27 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants
AU3657899A (en) 1998-04-20 1999-11-08 James E. Bailey Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
US20030175884A1 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-09-18 Pablo Umana Antibody glycosylation variants having increased antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
IL143089A0 (en) 1998-11-19 2002-04-21 Warner Lambert Co N-[4-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenylamino)-7-(3-morpholin-4-yl-propoxy)-quinazolin-6-yl]-acrylamide, an irreversible inhibitor of tyrosine kinases
KR101155191B1 (ko) 1999-01-15 2012-06-13 제넨테크, 인크. 효과기 기능이 변화된 폴리펩티드 변이체
US6737056B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2004-05-18 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
ES2571230T3 (es) 1999-04-09 2016-05-24 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd Procedimiento para controlar la actividad de una molécula inmunofuncional
WO2001029246A1 (fr) 1999-10-19 2001-04-26 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Procede de production d'un polypeptide
IL149809A0 (en) 1999-12-15 2002-11-10 Genentech Inc Shotgun scanning, a combinatorial method for mapping functional protein epitopes
AU767394C (en) 1999-12-29 2005-04-21 Immunogen, Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising modified doxorubicins and daunorubicins and their therapeutic use
DK2857516T3 (en) 2000-04-11 2017-08-07 Genentech Inc Multivalent antibodies and uses thereof
US6946292B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2005-09-20 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells producing antibody compositions with increased antibody dependent cytotoxic activity
US7064191B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2006-06-20 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for purifying antibody
EA013224B1 (ru) 2000-10-06 2010-04-30 Киова Хакко Кирин Ко., Лтд. Клетки, продуцирующие композиции антител
US6596541B2 (en) 2000-10-31 2003-07-22 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of modifying eukaryotic cells
EP1916303B1 (en) 2000-11-30 2013-02-27 Medarex, Inc. Nucleic acids encoding rearranged human immunoglobulin sequences from transgenic transchromosomal mice
HUP0600342A3 (en) 2001-10-25 2011-03-28 Genentech Inc Glycoprotein compositions
US20040093621A1 (en) 2001-12-25 2004-05-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd Antibody composition which specifically binds to CD20
WO2003084569A1 (fr) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Medicament contenant une composition anticorps
PL373256A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2005-08-22 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co, Ltd. Cells with modified genome
WO2003085118A1 (fr) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Procede de production de composition anticorps
JP4832719B2 (ja) 2002-04-09 2011-12-07 協和発酵キリン株式会社 ＦｃγＲＩＩＩａ多型患者に適応する抗体組成物含有医薬
CA2481658A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Method of enhancing of binding activity of antibody composition to fcy receptor iiia
JP4628679B2 (ja) 2002-04-09 2011-02-09 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Ｇｄｐ−フコースの輸送に関与する蛋白質の活性が低下または欠失した細胞
EP1513879B1 (en) 2002-06-03 2018-08-22 Genentech, Inc. Synthetic antibody phage libraries
US7361740B2 (en) 2002-10-15 2008-04-22 Pdl Biopharma, Inc. Alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
EP2301966A1 (en) 2002-12-16 2011-03-30 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
CA2510003A1 (en) 2003-01-16 2004-08-05 Genentech, Inc. Synthetic antibody phage libraries
CA2542046A1 (en) 2003-10-08 2005-04-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Fused protein composition
US20070134759A1 (en) 2003-10-09 2007-06-14 Harue Nishiya Process for producing antibody composition by using rna inhibiting the function of alpha1,6-fucosyltransferase
LT2348051T (lt) 2003-11-05 2019-02-25 Roche Glycart Ag Cd20 antikūnai su padidintu fc receptoriaus prisijungimo giminingumu ir efektorine funkcija
BR122018071808B8 (pt) 2003-11-06 2020-06-30 Seattle Genetics Inc conjugado
WO2005053742A1 (ja) 2003-12-04 2005-06-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. 抗体組成物を含有する医薬
WO2005097832A2 (en) 2004-03-31 2005-10-20 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-tgf-beta antibodies
US7785903B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2010-08-31 Genentech, Inc. Variable domain library and uses
EP2357201B1 (en) 2004-04-13 2017-08-30 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Anti-P-selectin antibodies
TWI380996B (zh) 2004-09-17 2013-01-01 Hoffmann La Roche 抗ｏｘ４０ｌ抗體
NZ553500A (en) 2004-09-23 2009-11-27 Genentech Inc Genentech Inc Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates withCysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates with a free cysteine amino acid in the heavy chain a free cysteine amino acid in the heavy chain
CN117534755A (zh) 2005-05-09 2024-02-09 小野药品工业株式会社 程序性死亡-1(pd-1)的人单克隆抗体及使用抗pd-1抗体来治疗癌症的方法
US8219149B2 (en) 2005-06-29 2012-07-10 Nokia Corporation Mobile communication terminal
KR101888321B1 (ko) 2005-07-01 2018-08-13 이. 알. 스퀴부 앤드 선즈, 엘.엘.씨. 예정 사멸 리간드 1 (피디-엘1)에 대한 인간 모노클로날 항체
EP2465870A1 (en) 2005-11-07 2012-06-20 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with diversified and consensus VH/VL hypervariable sequences
US20070237764A1 (en) 2005-12-02 2007-10-11 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with restricted diversity sequences
AR060871A1 (es) 2006-05-09 2008-07-16 Genentech Inc Union de polipeptidos con supercontigos optimizados
US20080226635A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-09-18 Hans Koll Antibodies against insulin-like growth factor I receptor and uses thereof
CN100592373C (zh) 2007-05-25 2010-02-24 群康科技(深圳)有限公司 液晶显示面板驱动装置及其驱动方法
HUE028536T2 (en) 2008-01-07 2016-12-28 Amgen Inc Method for producing antibody to FC heterodimer molecules using electrostatic control effects
CN104548091A (zh) 2008-02-11 2015-04-29 治疗科技公司 用于肿瘤治疗的单克隆抗体
US8168757B2 (en) 2008-03-12 2012-05-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. PD-1 binding proteins
JP2012510429A (ja) 2008-08-25 2012-05-10 アンプリミューン、インコーポレーテッド Ｐｄ−１アンタゴニストおよびその使用方法
CN102245640B (zh) 2008-12-09 2014-12-31 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 抗-pd-l1抗体及它们用于增强t细胞功能的用途
US20130017199A1 (en) 2009-11-24 2013-01-17 AMPLIMMUNE ,Inc. a corporation Simultaneous inhibition of pd-l1/pd-l2
MX359551B (es) 2009-11-24 2018-10-02 Medimmune Ltd Agentes de union diana contra b7-h1.
SG11201407190TA (en) 2012-05-15 2014-12-30 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Cancer immunotherapy by disrupting pd-1/pd-l1 signaling
US20150292030A1 (en) * 2012-11-27 2015-10-15 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods of characterizing and treating molecular subset of muscle-invasive bladder cancer
SG10201701380TA (en) * 2013-03-15 2017-04-27 Genentech Inc Biomarkers and methods of treating pd-1 and pd-l1 related conditions
US20150071910A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2015-03-12 Genentech, Inc. Biomarkers and methods of treating pd-1 and pd-l1 related conditions
WO2014194293A1 (en) * 2013-05-30 2014-12-04 Amplimmune, Inc. Improved methods for the selection of patients for pd-1 or b7-h4 targeted therapies, and combination therapies thereof
US10478494B2 (en) * 2015-04-03 2019-11-19 Astex Therapeutics Ltd FGFR/PD-1 combination therapy for the treatment of cancer
ES2789500T5 (es) 2015-05-29 2023-09-20 Hoffmann La Roche Procedimientos terapéuticos y de diagnóstico para el cáncer

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11673951B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2023-06-13 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Anti-PD1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
US11186637B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2021-11-30 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Anti-PD1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
US11512132B2 (en) 2014-07-03 2022-11-29 Beigene, Ltd. Anti-PD-L1 antibodies and their use as therapeutics and diagnostics
US10695400B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2020-06-30 Enb Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating cancers associated with ETBR activation
US11338014B2 (en) 2015-08-03 2022-05-24 Enb Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for treatment of endothelin B receptor expressing tumors
US10596257B2 (en) 2016-01-08 2020-03-24 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Methods of treating CEA-positive cancers using PD-1 axis binding antagonists and anti-CEA/anti-CD3 bispecific antibodies
US11534431B2 (en) 2016-07-05 2022-12-27 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Combination of a PD-1 antagonist and a RAF inhibitor for treating cancer
US11701357B2 (en) 2016-08-19 2023-07-18 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Treatment of B cell cancers using a combination comprising Btk inhibitors
US11555038B2 (en) 2017-01-25 2023-01-17 Beigene, Ltd. Crystalline forms of (S)-7-(1-(but-2-ynoyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine-3-carboxamide, preparation, and uses thereof
US11597768B2 (en) 2017-06-26 2023-03-07 Beigene, Ltd. Immunotherapy for hepatocellular carcinoma
US11786529B2 (en) 2017-11-29 2023-10-17 Beigene Switzerland Gmbh Treatment of indolent or aggressive B-cell lymphomas using a combination comprising BTK inhibitors
US11066442B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2021-07-20 Enb Therapeutics, Inc. Deuterated compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancers associated with ETBR activation
US12077604B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2024-09-03 Enb Therapeutics, Inc. Deuterated compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancers associated with ETBR activation
WO2019157353A1 (en) * 2018-02-09 2019-08-15 Beigene, Ltd. Immunotherapy for urothelial carcinoma
WO2020132363A1 (en) * 2018-12-19 2020-06-25 Strata Oncology, Inc. Methods of detecting and treating subjects with checkpoint inhibitor-responsive cancer
EP4010022A4 (en) * 2019-08-09 2024-01-17 The Regents of University of California COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF BLADDER CANCER
WO2021154761A1 (en) 2020-01-27 2021-08-05 Genentech, Inc. Methods for treatment of cancer with an anti-tigit antagonist antibody
WO2022232503A1 (en) 2021-04-30 2022-11-03 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic and diagnostic methods and compositions for cancer
WO2023220703A1 (en) 2022-05-12 2023-11-16 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions comprising a shp2 inhibitor and a pd-l1 binding antagonist
WO2023240058A2 (en) 2022-06-07 2023-12-14 Genentech, Inc. Prognostic and therapeutic methods for cancer
WO2024049949A1 (en) * 2022-09-01 2024-03-07 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for bladder cancer
WO2024163494A1 (en) 2023-01-31 2024-08-08 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Methods and compositions for treating non-small cell lung cancer and triple-negative breast cancer
WO2024163009A1 (en) 2023-01-31 2024-08-08 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating urothelial bladder cancer
WO2024186790A1 (en) 2023-03-06 2024-09-12 Genentech, Inc. Prognostic and therapeutic methods for non-small cell lung cancer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7144935B2 (ja) 2022-09-30
PL3303632T5 (pl) 2023-07-03
ES2789500T3 (es) 2020-10-26
CN107532217A (zh) 2018-01-02
US11535671B2 (en) 2022-12-27
IL255372B (en) 2022-07-01
CA2984003A1 (en) 2016-12-08
EP4335931A3 (en) 2024-06-19
MX2022006075A (es) 2023-03-13
PL3303632T3 (pl) 2020-07-13
AU2016270625A1 (en) 2017-11-16
ES2789500T5 (es) 2023-09-20
KR20180012753A (ko) 2018-02-06
JP2018521976A (ja) 2018-08-09
HK1248773A1 (zh) 2018-10-19
EP3303632A1 (en) 2018-04-11
EP3708681A1 (en) 2020-09-16
IL255372A0 (en) 2017-12-31
EP4335931A2 (en) 2024-03-13
WO2016196298A8 (en) 2017-06-08
EP3303632B2 (en) 2023-05-10
US20240190967A1 (en) 2024-06-13
EP3303632B1 (en) 2020-03-04
IL294138A (en) 2022-08-01
WO2016196298A1 (en) 2016-12-08
AU2022291552A1 (en) 2023-02-02
MX2017014736A (es) 2018-03-23
AU2016270625B2 (en) 2022-10-06
US20200031936A1 (en) 2020-01-30
JP2022172083A (ja) 2022-11-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11535671B2 (en) Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US20220073623A1 (en) Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US20220412981A1 (en) Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US20220153861A1 (en) Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer
US20210208143A1 (en) Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for bladder cancer
US20240060135A1 (en) Therapeutic and diagnostic methods for cancer

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION